Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

medio+loco

61 recedo

rĕ-cēdo, cessi, cessum, 3, v. n., to go back, fall back, give ground, retire, withdraw, recede.
A.
Lit. (class.; cf.:
decedo, abscedo): pone nos recede,
Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 34:
ego abs te procul recedam,
id. Mil. 2, 4, 4:
hinc,
id. Bacch. 4, 1, 7:
illuc,
id. Rud. 3, 5, 7:
recedere loco,
id. Am. 1, 1, 84; cf.:
centuriones ex eo quo stabant loco recesserunt,
Caes. B. G. 5, 43:
non modo illum e Galliā non discessisse, sed ne a Mutinā quidem recessisse,
Cic. Phil. 8, 7, 21:
procul a telo veniente,
Ov. M. 12, 359:
de medio,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 112:
ab hoste,
Ov. P. 3, 1, 151:
longius,
Verg. G. 4, 191:
tristis recedo,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 35; id. C. 2, 19, 31:
ab Illiturgi,
Liv. 24, 41:
in castra Corneliana,
Caes. B. C. 2, 30 fin. —
2.
In partic., to retire to one's bedchamber, go to rest, Petr. 85, 5; Ov. Ib. 239.—
B.
Transf.
1.
Of inanimate and abstract things:
ut illae undae ad alios accedant, ab aliis autem recedant,
Cic. Planc. 6, 15:
verba movere loco, quamvis invita recedant,
yield, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 113:
multa ferunt anni venientes commoda secum, Multa recedentes adimunt,
the departing years, id. A. P. 176:
abeant ac recedant voces illae,
Plin. Pan. 2, 2.—
2.
Of places, things, etc., to stand back, recede (i. e. to be distant or retired;
freq., esp. after the Aug. per.): secreta parentis Anchisae domus arboribusque obtecta recessit,
Verg. A. 2, 300; cf. Cat. 64, 43; and:
etsi lata recessit Urbe domus,
Stat. Th. 5, 242; Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 21:
Palaestina vocabatur, quā contingit Arabas... et quā recedit intus, Damascena,
Plin. 5, 12, 13, § 66:
Magna Graecia in tres sinus recedens Ausonii maris,
id. 3, 10, 15, § 95; 4, 10, 17, § 33; Sen. Cons. ad Marc. 18.—Of nations:
gens Cappadocum longissime Ponticarum omnium introrsus recedens,
Plin. 6, 8, 8, § 24.—In a painting, etc.:
pictor vi artis suae efficit, ut quaedam eminere in opere, quaedam recessisse credamus,
Quint. 2, 17, 21; cf.:
venter recessit,
Plin. Ep. 3, 6, 2.— Poet., of places, which appear to recede by our departure from them:
provehimur portu, terraeque urbesque recedunt,
Verg. A. 3, 72:
mea terra recedit,
Ov. M. 8, 139; 11, 466; Sil. 3, 157; Stat. Th. 1, 549 al.—
II.
In gen., to go away, withdraw, retire, depart from a place, to abandon a thing, = discedere.
A.
Lit. (in good prose very rare), = discedere, haec effatu' pater, germana, repente recessit, vanished, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 48 Vahl.):
nec vero a stabulis pluviā impendente recedunt Longius (apes),
Verg. G. 4, 191; Plin. Ep. 1, 13, 2.—
2.
Transf., of things, to separate from any thing (with which it was previously connected):
in aliis ossibus ex toto saepe fragmentum a fragmento recedit,
Cels. 8, 7, 1:
carnes ab ossibus,
Plin. 22, 8, 9, § 22; 19, 5, 23, § 67:
caput e cervice,
Ov. P. 2, 8, 65;
for which also: caput cervice,
id. H. 16, 153; cf. id. F. 6, 708; Luc. 8, 674. —
B.
Trop., to withdraw, depart, desist (class.; esp. freq. in Cic. and Quint.): si quid vos per laborem recte feceritis, labor ille a vobis cito recedet, Cato ap. Gell. 16, 1, 4:
avius a verā longe ratione recedit,
Lucr. 2, 229:
senes, ut in otia tuta recedant, aiunt, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 31:
ab officio recedere,
Cic. Off. 3, 4, 19; Auct. Her. 3, 3, 5; Cic. Caecin. 20, 58:
ab armis,
i. e. to lay them down, id. Rosc. Am. 6, 16:
penitus a naturā,
id. Fin. 4, 16, 43:
ab eodem exemplo,
Quint. 1, 6, 6; 2, 8, 13; 7, 3, 21:
a sententiis ejus, ab omni voluntate, consiliisque,
Cic. Att. 12, 4, 2: a vitā, i. e. to kill one ' s self, id. Tusc. 4, 17, 40 (but Plin. 29, 1, 5, § 6, to die, in gen., a doubtful conjecture; Jahn, procedente [p. 1530] vitā):
a veritatis viā longe,
Lact. 2, 8, 1:
ab oppugnatione,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 40.—Very freq. of inanimate and abstract subjects:
postquam recessit vita patrio corpore,
Plaut. Merc. prol. 73:
(nomen hostis) a peregrino recessit et proprie in eo, qui arma contra ferret, remansit,
has lost the signification of foreigner, Cic. Off. 1, 12, 37; so,
res a consuetudine,
id. Quint. 21, 67; Quint. 2, 13, 11:
figurae sententiarum ab illo simplici modo indicandi recedunt,
id. 9, 2, 1:
ab usu cotidiano,
id. 10, 1, 44 et saep.— Poet., with simple abl.:
sic nunquam corde recedit Nata tuo,
departs, Stat. S. 3, 5, 55.— Absol., to vanish, pass away, disappear:
et pariter Phoebes, pariter maris ira recessit,
Ov. M. 12, 36:
spes,
Luc. 7, 688:
quonam nostri tibi cura recessit?
Verg. A. 2, 595:
fortuna recessit,
id. ib. 3, 53.— With in:
in ventos vita recessit,
passed away into the winds, Verg. A. 4, 705.— Hence, * rĕcessus, a, um, P. a. (acc. to I. B.), drawn back, receding:
scaena recessior,
standing farther back, Vitr. 5, 8.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > recedo
62 recipio

rĕ-cĭpĭo, cēpi, ceptum, 3 ( fut. apoc. recipie, for recipiam, Cato ap. Fest. p. 138 and 236 Müll.; v. dico init.:
recepso, for recepero,
Cat. 44, 19), v. a. [capio].
I.
To take back, get back, bring back; to retake, regain, recover.
A.
Lit. (very freq. and class.):
dandis recipiendisque meritis,
Cic. Lael. 8, 26:
tu me sequere ad trapezitam... recipe actutum,
Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 49 (just before, ni argentum refers); cf.:
centum talenta et credidisse eos constat, et non recepisse,
Quint. 5, 10, 111; and (opp. mutuum dare) Mart. 3, 40, 4:
si velit suos recipere, obsides sibi remittat,
Caes. B. G. 3, 8 fin.:
obsides,
Suet. Aug. 21:
reges,
Liv. 2, 15:
recepto amico,
Hor. C. 2, 7, 27; 4, 2, 47. — Freq. of places, etc., once captured and lost, to retake:
cum Tarento amisso... aliquot post annos Maximus id oppidum recepisset... nunquam ego (Tarentum) recepissem, nisi tu perdidisses,
Cic. de Or. 2, 67, 273; cf. id. Sen. 4, 11:
Lavinium,
Liv. 2, 39;
so of other things: recipere suas res amissas,
Liv. 3, 63:
praeda omnis recepta est,
id. 3, 3:
signa, quae ademerant Parthi,
Suet. Tib. 9:
arma,
Liv. 9, 11; Curt. 4, 12, 17: pectore in adverso totum cui comminus ensem Condidit assurgenti, et multā morte recepit, drew out again, = retraxit, Verg. A. 9, 348; so,
sagittam ab alterā parte,
Cels. 7, 5, 2: suos omnes incolumes receperunt (sc. ex oppido in castra), drew off, withdrew, = reduxerunt, Caes. B. G. 7, 12 fin.; so,
milites defessos,
id. B. C. 1, 45 fin.:
exercitum,
Liv. 10, 42:
equitatum navibus ad se intra munitiones,
Caes. B. C. 3, 58:
illum ego... medio ex hoste recepi,
bore away, rescued, Verg. A. 6, 111.—
b.
With se, to draw back, withdraw from or to any place, to betake one ' s self anywhere; in milit. lang., to retire, retreat:
se ex eo loco,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 8, 10; cf.:
se e fano,
id. Poen. 4, 1, 5:
se ex opere,
id. Men. 5, 3, 7:
se ex hisce locis,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 10, § 21:
se e Siciliā,
id. Brut. 92, 318:
se ex fugā,
Caes. B. G. 7, 20 fin.; id. B. C. 3, 102:
se inde,
id. B. G. 5, 15:
se hinc,
id. B. C. 1, 45 et saep.:
recipe te,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 8:
se,
Cic. Off. 3, 10, 45 (just before, reverti); Caes. B. C. 3, 45 (coupled with loco excedere); 3, 46; cf.:
sui recipiendi facultas,
id. B. G. 3, 4 fin.; 6, 37;
for which: se recipiendi spatium,
Liv. 10, 28:
recipe te ad erum,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 20:
se ad dominum,
id. ib. 4, 3, 1:
se ad nos,
Cic. Att. 4, 15, 2:
se ad suos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 46; 7, 82; id. B. C. 3, 38; 3, 50; 3, 52 fin.:
se ad Caesarem (Allobroges, legati),
id. B. G. 1, 11; 4, 38:
se ad agmen,
id. ib. 7, 13; id. B. C. 3, 75 fin.:
se penitus ad extremos fines,
id. B. G. 6, 10:
se ad legionem,
id. ib. 7, 50 fin.:
se ad oppidum llerdam,
id. B. C. 1, 45:
se ad ordines suos,
id. ib. 2, 41:
se ad signa,
id. B. G. 5, 34 fin.; id. B. C. 1, 43 fin.:
se a pabulo ad stabulum,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 33:
inde se in currus,
Caes. B. G. 4, 33 fin.:
se ex castris in oppidum,
id. B. C. 2, 35:
se in castra,
id. B. G. 2. 11 fin.; 2, 24; 3, 6; 3, 26 fin.;
4, 15 et saep.: se in fines,
id. ib. 4, 16:
se in Galliam,
id. ib. 4, 19 fin.:
se in montem,
id. ib. 1, 25: se in antiquas munitiones, id. B. C. 3, 54 fin.:
se in silvas ad suos,
id. B. G. 2, 19:
se in castra ad urbem,
id. B. C. 2, 25; 2, 26; cf.:
se retro in castra,
Liv. 23, 36;
and with this cf.: sese retro in Bruttios,
id. 23, 37;
and so, se, with rursus,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 25; id. Pers. 4, 5, 6; id. Rud. 4, 6, 19; Caes. B. G. 5, 34 fin.; id. B. C. 2, 41 et saep.:
se in novissimos,
Liv. 7, 40:
se intra munitiones,
Caes. B. G. 5, 44; cf.:
se intra montes,
id. B. C. 1, 65:
se per declive,
id. ib. 3, 51:
se sub murum,
id. ib. 2, 14:
se trans Rhenum,
id. B. G. 6, 41:
se Larissam versus,
id. B. C. 3, 97:
se domum ex hostibus,
Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 52:
se domum,
id. ib. 2, 2, 31; id. Capt. 1, 2, 25; id. Aul. 2, 1, 55:
se Adrumetum,
Caes. B. C. 2, 23:
se Hispalim,
id. ib. 2, 20:
se Dyrrhachium ad Pompeium,
id. ib. 3, 9 fin.:
se illuc,
Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 10; id. Merc. 5, 2, 40; id. Ps. 3, 1, 23 al.; cf.:
se huc esum ad praesepim suam,
id. Curc. 2, 1, 13:
se eo,
Caes. B. G. 1, 25 et saep. — In the same meaning, without se: neque sepulcrum, quo recipiat, habeat portum corporis, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 107 (Trag. v. 415 Vahl.); cf.
of a military retreat: si quo erat longius prodeundum aut celerius recipiendum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 48 fin.; so without se after the verbum finitum several times in Plaut.:
rursum in portum recipimus,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 60:
dum recipis,
id. Rud. 3, 6, 42:
actutum face recipias,
id. Merc. 2, 4, 30. —
2.
Transf.
(α).
In business lang., to keep back, retain, reserve (cf. Gell. 17, 6, 6):
posticulum hoc recepit, quom aedis vendidit,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157; so in a sale, Crassus ap. Cic. de Or. 2, 55, 226; Cic. Top. 26, 100; Dig. 19, 1, 53; 8, 4, 10: mulier magnam dotem dat et magnam pecuniam recipit, Cato ap. Gell. 17, 6, 8. — With object-clause, Cato, R. R. 149, 2. — With dat.:
aqua, itinere, actu domini usioni recipitur,
Cato, R. R. 149, 2.—
(β).
To restore (late Lat.):
urbem munitissimam,
to fortify anew, Amm. 16, 3, 2. —
B.
Trop., to get back, bring back; to receive again, regain, recover:
ut antiquam frequentiam recipere vastam ac desertam bellis urbem paterentur,
Liv. 24, 3:
jus,
Quint. 5, 10, 118:
et totidem, quot dixit, verba recepit,
got back, Ov. M. 3, 384:
quam (vitam) postquam recepi,
received again, id. ib. 15, 535: anhelitum, to recover one ' s breath, Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 21; id. Merc. 3, 4, 16; cf.
spiritum,
Quint. 11, 3, 55:
animam,
Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 26; Quint. 6, prooem. §
13: a tanto pavore recipere animos,
Liv. 21, 5, 16 Weissenb.:
a pavore animum,
id. 2, 50, 10:
e pavore recepto animo,
id. 44, 10, 1;
for which: animos ex pavore,
id. 21, 5 fin.:
recepto animo,
Curt. 6, 9, 2; 9, 5, 29:
animum vultumque,
Ov. F. 4, 615:
mente receptā,
Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 104:
(vocem) ab acutissimo sono usque ad gravissimum sonum recipere,
to bring it back, Cic. de Or. 1, 59, 251. —
In zeugma (cf. I. A. supra): arma et animos,
Curt. 4, 12, 17.—
b.
With se.
(α).
To betake one ' s self, withdraw, retire from or to any place:
ad ingenium vetus versutum te recipis tuum,
Plaut. As. 2, 1, 7:
ad frugem bonam,
Cic. Cael. 12, 28:
ad reliquam cogitationem belli,
Caes. B. C. 3, 17 fin.:
se a voluptatibus in otium,
Plin. Pan. 82, 8:
se in principem,
to resume his princely air, id. ib. 76, 5.— More freq.,
(β).
To recover, to collect one ' s self:
difficulter se recipiunt,
regain strength, Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 17:
quae cum intuerer stupens, ut me recepi, Quis hic, inquam, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 6, 18, 18:
nullum spatium respirandi recipiendique se dedit,
Liv. 10, 28:
se ex terrore ac fugā,
Caes. B. G. 2, 12:
se ex timore,
id. ib. 4, 34:
se ex fugā,
id. ib. 4, 27:
nondum totā me mente recepi,
Ov. M. 5, 275.
II.
(Acc. to re, I. b.) To take to one ' s self, admit, accept, receive; constr. with the simple acc., with ad, or in and acc., in and abl., with simple abl., with a local acc.
A.
Lit.
(α).
With simple acc.:
quos homines quondam Laurentis terra recepit, Enn. ap. Prisc. p 762 P. (Ann. v. 35 Vahl.): (ego) excludor, ille recipitur,
Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 79:
aliquem,
Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48:
hic nulla munitio est, quae perterritos recipiat,
Caes. B. G. 6, 39; cf.:
hos tutissimus portus recipiebat,
id. B. C. 3, 27; 1, 15; cf. id. ib. 3, 11 fin.;
3, 35: eum Jugurtha accuratissime recepit,
Sall. J. 16, 3:
neque quisquam aut expulsus invidiosius aut receptus est laetius,
Vell. 2, 45, 3; Quint. 7, 1, 14; 9, 2, 89:
nisi nos vicina Trivici Villa recepisset,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 80 [p. 1533] et saep.:
quisnam istic fluvius est, quem non recipiat mare?
Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 86; cf. Caes. B. G. 4, 10; and:
(Peneus) accipit amnem Orcon nec recipit,
i. e. does not take it to itself, does not mingle with it, Plin. 4, 8, 15, § 31:
equus frenum recepit,
received, submitted to, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 36:
necesse erat, ab latere aperto tela recipi,
Caes. B. G. 5, 35. —
(β).
With ad:
recipe me ad te,
Plaut. Cist. 3, 9; id. Am. 3, 2, 11; id. Rud. 2, 3, 20; id. Ps. 3, 6, 6; Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 6; Suet. Caes. 63:
aliquem ad epulas,
Cic. Top. 5, 25; cf.:
ad lusum,
Suet. Ner. 11. —
(γ).
With in and acc.:
recipe me in tectum,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 7, 16:
concubinam in aedes,
id. Mil. 4, 3, 3:
nos in custodiam tuam,
id. Rud. 3, 3, 34:
Tarquinium in civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 20, 35; id. Balb. 13, 31; Liv. 2, 5; Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 6:
aliquem in ordinem senatorium,
Cic. Phil. 7, 5, 15:
aliquem in fidem,
id. Fam. 13, 19, 2; id. Att. 15, 14, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 15; 4, 22:
aliquem in civitatem,
Cic. Balb. 12, 29:
aliquem in caelum,
id. N. D. 3, 15, 39:
aliquem in deditionem,
Caes. B. G. 3, 21 fin.; Liv. 8, 13; Suet. Calig. 14 al.:
aliquem in jus dicionemque,
Liv. 21, 61:
aliquem in amicitiam,
Sall. J. 14, 5; 5, 4 Kritz N. cr.:
aliquam in matrimonium,
Suet. Caes. 50; Just. 9, 5, 9 et saep. —
(δ).
With in and abl. (rare and in purely local relations; v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 5, 4):
aliquem in loco,
Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 3:
loricati in equis recipiuntur, Auct. B. Hisp. 4, 2: sidera in caelo recepta,
Ov. M. 2, 529 (but in Liv. 24, 32, 6, the correct read. is tuto Hexapylo, without in; v. Weissenb. ad h. l.). —
(ε).
With simple abl. (mostly in purely local relations):
ut tuo recipias tecto servesque nos,
Plaut. Rud. 1, 5, 18; so,
aliquem tecto,
Caes. B. G. 7, 66 fin.:
exercitum tectis ac sedibus suis,
Cic. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
aliquem suis urbibus,
id. Fl. 25, 61:
aliquem civitate,
id. Balb. 14, 32:
aliquem finibus suis,
Caes. B. G. 6, 6; 7, 20 fin.:
aliquem oppido ac portu,
id. B. C. 3, 12; 3, 102 fin.:
aliquem moenibus,
Sall. J. 28, 2:
Romulus caelo receptus,
Quint. 3, 7, 5:
receptus Terra Neptunus,
Hor. A. P. 63 et saep. —
(ζ).
With local acc.:
me Acheruntem recipere Orcus noluit,
Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 68:
aliquem domum suam,
Cic. Arch. 3, 5; cf.:
aliquem domum ad se hospitio,
Caes. B. C. 2, 20.—
(η).
Absol.:
plerosque hi, qui receperant, celant,
Caes. B. C. 1, 76.—
2.
Transf.
a.
In business lang., to take in, receive as the proceeds of any thing:
dena milia sestertia ex melle,
Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11:
pecuniam ex novis vectigalibus,
Cic. Agr. 2, 23, 62:
pecunia, quae recipi potest,
id. ib. 2, 18, 47. —
b.
In gladiator's lang.: recipe ferrum, receive your death-blow, the cry of the people to a vanquished gladiator whom they were not inclined to spare, Cic. Sest. 37, 80; id. Tusc. 2, 17, 41 Kühn.; Sen. Tranq. 11, 1;
for which: totum telum corpore,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 12, 33; and:
ense recepto,
Luc. 2, 194 Corte.—
c.
Milit. t. t., to seize, capture, take possession of, occupy: mittit in Siciliam Curionem pro praetore cum legionibus duo;
eundem, cum Siciliam recepisset, etc.,
Caes. B. C. 1, 30:
Praeneste non vi, sed per deditionem receptum est,
Liv. 6, 29:
Aegyptum sine certamine,
Just. 11, 11, 1:
eo oppido recepto,
Caes. B. G. 7, 13 fin.:
civitatem,
id. ib. 6, 8; 7, 90; id. B. C. 1, 12; 1, 16; 1, 30;
3, 16: Aetoliam,
id. ib. 3, 55:
rempublicam armis,
Sall. C. 11, 4:
Alciden terra recepta vocat,
the subjugated earth, Prop. 5, 9, 38. —
d.
In the later medical lang., of medicines, to receive, i. e. be compounded of various ingredients:
antidotos recipit haec: stoechados, marrubii, etc.,
Scrib. Comp. 106; so id. ib. 27; 28; 37; 52 al. (hence the mod. Lat. receptum, receipt, and recipe).—
B.
Trop.
1.
To take to or upon one ' s self, to assume; to receive, accept, admit, allow, endechomai:
non edepol istaec tua dicta nunc in aures recipio,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 1, 34; cf. Quint. 11, 1, 91:
jusjurandum,
id. 5, 6, 1; 3; cf. id. 7, 1, 24: in semet ipsum religionem recipere, to draw upon one ' s self, Liv. 10, 40:
quae legibus cauta sunt, quae persuasione in mores recepta sunt,
admitted, Quint. 5, 10, 13; cf. id. 10, 7, 15:
antiquitas recepit fabulas... haec aetas autem respuit,
Cic. Rep. 2, 10; cf. Quint. 6, 4, 19:
nec inconstantiam virtus recipit nec varietatem natura patitur,
Cic. Rep. 3, 11, 18; cf. Vell. 2, 130, 3: non recipit istam Conjunctionem honestas, Cic. Off. 3, 33, 119:
assentatio nocere nemini potest, nisi ei, qui eam recipit atque eă delectatur,
id. Lael. 26, 97:
timor misericordiam non recipit,
Caes. B. G. 7, 26:
casus recipere (res),
to admit, be liable to, id. B. C. 1, 78; so,
aliquem casum (res),
id. ib. 3, 51:
re jam non ultra recipiente cunctationem,
Liv. 29, 24; Vell. 2, 52, 3:
sed hoc distinctionem recipit,
Just. Inst. 1, 12 pr.:
si recipiatur poëtica fabulositas,
Plin. 7, 28, 29, § 101:
in hoc genere prorsus recipio hanc brevem annotationem,
Quint. 10, 7, 31; cf. id. 8, 3, 31:
nos necessarios maxime atque in usum receptos (tropos) exequemur,
id. 8, 6, 2; cf. id. 8, 6, 32; 5, 11, 20; 11, 3, 104; so with a subj.-clause, id. 1, 3, 14; 6, 3, 103; Plin. 28, 2, 5, § 24 al.—
(β).
Of opinions, etc., to adopt, embrace (late Lat.):
alicujus sententiam,
Sulp. Sev. Chron. 2, 39, 1:
opinionem,
id. Dial. 1, 17, 5.—
2.
In partic.
a.
To take upon one ' s self, undertake, accept the performance of a task consigned or intrusted to one (whereas suscipio denotes, in gen., the voluntary undertaking of any action; cf.:
spondeo, stipulor, polliceor): recepi causam Siciliae... ego tamen hoc onere suscepto et receptā causā Siciliensi amplexus animo sum aliquanto amplius. Suscepi enim causam totius ordinis, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 1:
in hoc judicio mihi Siculorum causam receptam, populi Romani susceptam esse videor,
id. Div. in Caecil. 8, 26; and:
in quo est illa magna offensio vel neglegentiae susceptis rebus vel perfidiae receptis,
id. de Or. 2, 24, 101; cf. also Quint. 12, 1, 39:
verebamini, ne non id facerem, quod recepissem semel?
Ter. Phorm. 5, 7, 9:
causam Sex. Roscii,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 1, 2:
mandatum,
id. ib. 38, 112:
officium,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183:
curam ad se,
Suet. Tit. 6.—
b.
To take an obligation upon one ' s self, to pledge one ' s self, pass one ' s word, be surety for a thing, to warrant, promise, engage a thing to any one, = anadechomai (a favorite word of Cic., esp. in his Epistles): Pe. Tute unus si recipere hoc ad te dicis... Pa. Dico et recipio Ad me, Plaut. Mil. 2, 2, 74; cf.:
ad me recipio: Faciet,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 5, 12:
promitto in meque recipio, fore eum, etc.,
Cic. Fam. 13, 10, 3; cf.:
spondeo in meque recipio eos esse, etc.,
id. ib. 13, 17, 3.—With obj.-clause:
promitto, recipio, spondeo, C. Caesarem talem semper fore civem, qualis hodie sit,
Cic. Phil. 5, 18, 51; so with hoc, id. Fam. 13, 50, 2 (with spondeo); 6, 12, 3; 13, 41, 2 (with confirmo); id. Att. 5, 13, 2; Caecin. ap. Cic. Fam. 6, 7, 4; Liv. 7, 14 Drak.; 33, 13 fin.:
pro Cassio et te, si quid me velitis recipere, recipiam,
Cic. Fam. 11, 1, 4. — With de:
de aestate polliceris vel potius recipis,
Cic. Att. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 40, 35; cf.
also: sed fidem recepisse sibi et ipsum et Appium de me,
had given him a solemn assurance, Cic. Att. 2, 22, 2.— With dat. (after the analogy of promitto, polliceor, spondeo):
ea, quae tibi promitto ac recipio,
Cic. Fam. 5, 8, 5; cf.: omnia ei et petenti recepi et ultro pollicitus sum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 21, 1; 7, 1:
mihi,
id. ib. 10, 13, 3; Caes. B. C. 3, 82 fin.:
quid sibi is de me recepisset, in memoriam redegit,
Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 9.—With dat. and obj.-clause:
mihi in Cumano diligentissime se, ut annui essemus, defensurum receperat,
Cic. Att. 5, 17, 5;
so,
id. Fam. 6, 12, 3 Manut. (with confirmare); 13, 72, 1; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 17, 1; Caes. B. C. 3, 17; Suet. Caes. 23 fin. —
c.
In jurid. lang.: recipere nomen, of the prætor, to receive or entertain a charge against one, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 94; 2, 2, 42, § 102; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 8, 2; Val. Max. 3, 7, 9;
for which: recipere reum,
Tac. A. 2, 74 fin.; 4, 21:
aliquem inter reos,
id. ib. 3, 70; 13, 10. —Hence,
A.
rĕceptus, a, um, P. a. (acc. to II. B. 1.), received, usual, current, customary (post-class. and very rare):
auctoritas receptior,
Tert. adv. Marc. 4, 5: scriptores receptissimi, Sol. praef.—
B.
rĕceptum, i, n. subst. (acc. to II. B. 2. b.), an engagement, obligation, guaranty:
satis est factum Siculis, satis promisso nostro ac recepto,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 53, § 139; cf.:
promissum et receptum intervertit,
id. Phil. 2, 32, 79.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > recipio
63 tener

v.

1 to have.

tengo un hermano I have o I've got a brother

tener fiebre to have a temperature

tuvieron una pelea they had a fight

tener un niño to have a baby

¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!

tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August

Yo tengo una casa I have a house.

El carro tuvo un accidente The car had an accident.

Esto tiene azúcar This has=is made of sugar.

Yo tengo dos hijos I have=am the parent of two sons.

Tengo un primo I have a cousin,

Ella tuvo una gran idea She had a great idea.

Yo tengo paperas I have=suffer from the mumps.

Tengo un ataque de nervios I am having a nervous fit.

Ella tiene su aprobación She has=meets with his approval.

2 to be.

tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 meters wide

¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?

tiene diez años she's ten (years old)

tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years (Am)

tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid

tener mal humor to be bad-tempered

le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her

3 to get (recibir) (mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación).

tuve un verdadero desengaño I was really disappointed

tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise

4 to hold.

tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle

Ella tiene su bolso She holds her purse.

5 to offer, to have.

* * *

TENER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

tengo, tienes, tiene, tenemos, tenéis, tienen.

Past Indicative

tuve, tuviste, tuvo, tuvimos, tuvisteis, tuvieron.

Future Indicative

tendré, tendrás, tendrá, tendremos, tendréis, tendrán.

Conditional

tendría, tendrías, tendría, tendríamos, tendríais, tendrían.

Present Subjunctive

tenga, tengas, tenga, tengamos, tengáis, tengan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

tuviera, tuvieras, tuviera, tuviéramos, tuvierais, tuvieran;

tuviese, tuvieses, tuviese, tuviésemos, tuvieseis, tuviesen.

Future Subjunctive

tuviere, tuvieres, tuviere, tuviéremos, tuviereis, tuvieren.

Imperative

ten (tú), tenga (él/Vd.), tengamos (nos.), tened (vos.), tengan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *

verb

1) to have

2) hold

3) own, possess

4) feel

•

- tener en cuenta
- tener que
- tenerse por
* * *
Para las expresiones como tener cuidado, tener ganas, tener suerte, tener de particular, tener en cuenta, ver la otra entrada.
1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
El uso de got con el verbo have es más frecuente en inglés británico, pero solo se usa en el presente.
1) (=poseer, disponer de) to have, have got

¿tienes dinero? — do you have {o} have you got any money?

¿tienes un bolígrafo? — do you have {o} have you got a pen?

¿tiene usted permiso para esto? — do you have {o} have you got permission for this?

tiene un tío en Venezuela — he has an uncle in Venezuela, he's got an uncle in Venezuela

ahora no tengo tiempo — I don't have {o} I haven't got time now

2) [referido a aspecto, carácter] to have, have got

tiene el pelo rubio — he has blond hair, he's got blond hair

tenía una sonrisa preciosa — she had a lovely smile

tiene la nariz aguileña — she has an aquiline nose, she's got an aquiline nose

tenía el pelo mojado — his hair was wet

3) [referido a edad] to be

tiene siete años — he's seven (years old)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

al menos debe de tener 55 años — she must be at least 55

4) [referido a ocupaciones] to have, have got

tenemos clase de inglés a las 11 — we have an English class at 11, we've got an English class at 11

el lunes tenemos una reunión — we're having a meeting on Monday, we've got a meeting on Monday

mañana tengo una fiesta — I'm going to a party tomorrow

5) (=parir) to have

va a tener un niño — she's going to have a baby

6) (=medir) to be

tener 5cm de ancho — to be 5cm wide

7) (=sentir) + sustantivo to be + adj

tener hambre/sed/calor/frío — to be hungry/thirsty/hot/cold

no tengas tantos celos — don't be so jealous

hemos tenido mucho miedo — we have been very frightened

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

he tenido un presentimiento — I've had a premonition

8) (=padecer, sufrir) to have

han tenido un accidente — they have had an accident

hemos tenido muchas dificultades — we have had a lot of difficulties

Luis tiene la gripe — Luis has {o} has got flu

tengo fiebre — I have {o} I've got a (high) temperature

¿qué tienes? — what's the matter with you?, what's wrong with you?

9) (=sostener) to hold

tenía el pasaporte en la mano — he had his passport in his hand, he was holding his passport in his hand

tenme el vaso un momento, por favor — hold my glass for me for a moment, please

¡ten!, ¡aquí tienes! — here you are!

10) (=recibir) to have

aún no he tenido carta — I haven't had a letter yet

¿has tenido noticias suyas? — have you heard from her?

11) (=pensar, considerar)

• tener [a bien] hacer algo — to see fit to do sth

• tener a algn [en] algo, te tendrán en más estima — they will hold you in higher esteem

• tener a algn [por] — + adj to consider sb (to be) + adj

le tengo por poco honrado — I consider him (to be) rather dishonest

• ten por [seguro] que... — rest assured that...

12) tener algo que ({+ infin})

tengo trabajo que hacer — I have {o} I've got work to do

no tengo nada que hacer — I have {o} I've got nothing to do

eso no tiene nada que ver — that has {o} that's got nothing to do with it

13) [locuciones]

ya saben dónde me tienen — you always know where you can find me

• ¡[ahí] lo tienes! — there you are!, there you have it!

• tener algo [de] + adj —

de bueno no tiene nada — there's nothing good about it

no tiene nada de particular — it's nothing special

¿qué tiene de malo? — what's wrong with that?

• tenerlo [difícil] — to find it difficult

• tenerlo [fácil] — to have it easy

- ¿conque esas tenemos?

- no tenerlas todas consigo

no las tengo todas conmigo de que lo haga — I'm none too sure that he'll do it, I'm not entirely sure that he'll do it

- tener todas las de ganar

- tener todas las de perder

- quien tuvo retuvo

2. VERBO AUXILIAR

1) tener que ({+ infin})

a) [indicando obligación]

tengo que comprarlo — I have to {o} I've got to buy it, I must buy it

tenemos que marcharnos — we have to {o} we've got to go, we must be going

tienen que aumentarte el sueldo — they have to {o} they've got to give you a rise

tuvo que devolver todo el dinero — he had to pay all the money back

tiene que ser así — it has to be this way

b) [indicando suposición, probabilidad]

¡tienes que estar cansadísima! — you must be really tired!

tiene que dolerte mucho ¿no? — it must hurt a lot, doesn't it?

tiene que estar en tu despacho — it must be in your office

tiene que haberte dolido mucho — it must have hurt a lot

c) [en reproches]

¡tendrías que haberlo dicho antes! — you should have said so before!

¡tendría que darte vergüenza! — you should be ashamed of yourself!

¡tú tenías que ser! — it would be you!, it had to be you!

d) [en sugerencias, recomendaciones]

tendrías que comer más — you should eat more

tendríamos que pedirle perdón — we should apologize to him

2) + participio

tenía puesto el sombrero — he had his hat on

nos tenían preparada una sorpresa — they had prepared a surprise for us

tenía pensado llamarte — I had been thinking of phoning you

te lo tengo dicho muchas veces — I've told you hundreds of times

yo no le tengo visto — I've never set eyes on him

3) + adj

procura tener contentos a todos — he tries to keep everybody happy

me tiene perplejo la falta de noticias — the lack of news is puzzling, I am puzzled by the lack of news

4) esp Méx (=llevar)

tienen tres meses de no cobrar — they haven't been paid for three months, it's three months since they've been paid

tengo cuatro años aquí — I've been here for four years

3.

See:

tenerse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']

Sentido I

1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

no tengo a quién recurrir — I have nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue — you've no idea what it was like

aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

ahí tienes! yo te lo dije — there you are! I told you so

¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

2)

a) ( llevar encima) to have

¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing

qué traje más elegante tienes! — that's a smart suit you're wearing!

3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

tenemos clases mañana — we've got school tomorrow

tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

4)

a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

tiene mucho tacto — he's very tactful

la casa tiene mucha luz — the house is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene un metro de largo — it is one meter long

tiene mucho de su padre — he's very much like his father

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño — there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

b) ( expresando edad)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

tengo veinte años — I'm twenty (years old)

c) ( con idea de posibilidad)

no creo que tenga arreglo — I don't think it can be fixed

el problema tiene solución — there is a solution to the problem

5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have

Sentido II

6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold

tenlo derecho — hold it upright

7) ( tomar)

ten la llave — take o here's the key

Sentido III

8) ( recibir) to have

no hemos tenido noticias de él — we haven't heard from him

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable — the proposal was favorably received

9)

a) ( sentir)

tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano — she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada — she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

no saben lo que tiene — they don't know what's wrong with him

c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

que tengas buen viaje — have a good trip

tener una discusión con alguien — to have an argument with somebody

10) ( refiriéndose a actitudes)

ten más respeto — have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

Sentido IV

11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

la mesa tiene una pata rota — one of the table legs is broken

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

tienes el cinturón desabrochado — your belt's undone

lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

lo tengo terminado — I've already finished it

me tiene muy preocupada — I'm very worried about it

nos tuvo allí esperando — he kept us waiting there

me tienen de sirvienta — they treat me like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma — my little girl's sick

12) ( considerar)

tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it
2.
tener v aux

Sentido I

1)

a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

no tienes más que apretar este botón — all you have to do is press this button

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti — I don't have to explain anything to you

tienes que comer más — you ought to eat more

b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

2) ( expresando certeza)

tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

Sentido II

3) ( con participio pasado)

¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

tengo entendido que sí viene — I understand he is coming

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta — I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos hoy — we intended leaving today

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado — she has quite a lot of money saved up

4) (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

tienen tres años de casados — they've been married for three years

tenía un año sin verlo — she hadn't seen him for a year
3.
tenerse v pron

1) ( sostenerse)

no podía tenerse en pie — he couldn't stand

no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

2) (refl) ( considerarse)

tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

* * *

= bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

Ex. Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

Ex. The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.

Ex. Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.

Ex. If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.

Ex. For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.

Ex. Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.

Ex. Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.

Ex. The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.

Ex. Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

Ex. But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.

Ex. Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.

----

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.

* a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.

* aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.

* a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.

* hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.

* negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.

* no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.

* no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.

* no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.

* no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no tener errores = be error-free.

* no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.

* no tener fundamento = be unfounded.

* no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener hijos = be childless.

* no tener hogar = be homeless.

* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.

* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.

* no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.

* no tener información = be undocumented.

* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.

* no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.

* no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.

* no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.

* no tener la preparación = be untrained.

* no tener límite = have + no limit.

* no tener límites = be boundless.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.

* no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.

* no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.

* no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.

* no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.

* no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.

* no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.

* no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.

* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.

* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.

* no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.

* no tener opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otra opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.

* no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.

* no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no tener razón = be wrong.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener representación = be unrepresented.

* no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.

* no tener rival = be second to none.

* no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.

* no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.

* no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.

* no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener suerte = be out of luck.

* no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.

* no tener trabajo = be unemployed.

* no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.

* no tener un duro = not have a bean.

* no tener valor = be valueless.

* no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....

* ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....

* parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].

* que no tiene precio = priceless.

* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* que tiene precio = priced.

* que tiene sentido = meaningful.

* que tiene solución = solvable.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* sin tener = in the absence of.

* sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.

* tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.

* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* tener afinidades = share + common ground.

* tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.

* tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.

* tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.

* tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.

* tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.

* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.

* tener ansias de = crave, crave for.

* tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.

* tener antojo de = crave, crave for.

* tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.

* tener aspecto = look.

* tener atrasos = be in arrears.

* tener aversión a = have + aversion to.

* tener beneficios = have + benefits.

* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.

* tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.

* tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.

* tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.

* tener bulla = be in a hurry.

* tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.

* tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener características en común = share + similarities.

* tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener carencias = find + wanting.

* tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.

* tener causa justificada = have + good cause.

* tener cautela = proceed + with caution.

* tener celos = feel + jealous.

* tener claro = be clear in your mind.

* tener coherencia = cohere.

* tener cólicos = be colicky.

* tener como consecuencia = result (in).

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.

* tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).

* tener compasión de = have + compassion for.

* tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.

* tener consecuencias = have + consequences.

* tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.

* tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.

* tener contacto = have + contact.

* tener contactos = liaise (with/between).

* tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener control sobre = have + hold on.

* tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.

* tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.

* tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.

* tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.

* tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.

* tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).

* tener cultivos = grow + crops.

* tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.

* tener delante = have + before.

* tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.

* tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.

* tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.

* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.

* tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.

* tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.

* tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.

* tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.

* tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.

* tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

* tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.

* tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.

* tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.

* tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.

* tener el derecho de = have + the right to.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.

* tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.

* tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.

* tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.

* tener el honor de = have + the honour of.

* tener el lujo = have + luxury.

* tener el mando = rule + the roost.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.

* tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.

* tener el placer de = take + pleasure.

* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.

* tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.

* tener el valor = have + the courage.

* tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.

* tener en común con = partake (in/of).

* tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.

* tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.

* tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.

* tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.

* tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.

* tener entre manos = be up to.

* tener envidia de = envy.

* tener errores = be flawed.

* tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.

* tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.

* tener experiencia = have + experience.

* tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener fallos = be flawed.

* tener fe = have + faith (in).

* tener fe en = have + faith (in).

* tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* tener frenillo = lisp.

* tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.

* tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.

* tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.

* tener gancho = be engaging.

* tener gastos = incur + costs.

* tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.

* tener hijos = father + children, have + children.

* tener hipo = hiccup.

* tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.

* tener horror a = loathe, hate.

* tener idea = have + a clue.

* tener impacto = make + impact.

* tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).

* tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.

* tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.

* tener indigestión = have + indigestion.

* tener influencias = have + pull.

* tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.

* tener iniciativa = be proactive.

* tener intereses en = have + a stake in.

* tener intereses en juego = have + invested.

* tener interés por = have + an interest in.

* tener interés por/en = be interested in.

* tener inventiva = be inventive.

* tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).

* tener la autoridad = have + mandate.

* tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.

* tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).

* tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.

* tener la certeza de = feel + confident.

* tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.

* tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.

* tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.

* tener la facultad de = have + powers to.

* tener la fama de = have + a good record for.

* tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la función de = be in the business of.

* tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.

* tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.

* tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.

* tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.

* tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.

* tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.

* tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.

* tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.

* tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.

* tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.

* tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).

* tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.

* tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.

* tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener la potestad = have + mandate.

* tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.

* tener lapsus = have + lapses.

* tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.

* tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.

* tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.

* tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.

* tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.

* tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.

* tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tener lástima = pity.

* tener lástima de = take + pity on.

* tener la tentación de = be tempted to.

* tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.

* tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tener libertad = have + freedom.

* tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.

* tenerlo crudo = not be easy.

* tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.

* tenerlo duro = not be easy.

* tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.

* tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* tener madera de = be cut out for.

* tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.

* tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.

* tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* tener mal de amores = be lovesick.

* tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.

* tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener mérito = be meritorious.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* tener motivo = be right.

* tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.

* tener motivo para = have + cause to.

* tener movilidad = be mobile.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener niños = have + children.

* tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.

* tener noticias de = hear from.

* tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.

* tener obligación = have + obligation.

* tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.

* tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.

* tener opinión = take + view.

* tener paciencia = be patient.

* tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.

* tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.

* tener paralelo = have + parallel.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* tener pérdidas = make + a loss.

* tener perplejo = stump.

* tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.

* tener poca información = be information poor.

* tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener poco valor = be of little value.

* tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener por término medio = average.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener potencial = have + potential.

* tener precaución de = be chary of.

* tener precedencia = take + priority.

* tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.

* tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).

* tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener prioridad = trump.

* tener prisa = be in a hurry.

* tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.

* tener problemas = have + problems.

* tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.

* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.

* tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.

* tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.

* tener que = have to, hafta [have to].

* tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.

* tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.

* tener que competir con = face + competition from.

* tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* tener que ocurrir = be boun.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo [El uso de 'got' en frases como 'I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma 'I have a new dress']

Sentido I

1) (poseer, disponer de) <dinero/trabajo/tiempo> to have

¿tienen hijos? — do they have any children?, have they got any children?

no tenemos pan — we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread

no tengo a quién recurrir — I have nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue — you've no idea what it was like

aquí tienes al culpable — here's o this is the culprit

ahí tienes! yo te lo dije — there you are! I told you so

¿conque ésas tenemos? — so that's the way things are, is it?

2)

a) ( llevar encima) to have

¿tiene hora? — have you got the time?

b) ( llevar puesto) to be wearing

qué traje más elegante tienes! — that's a smart suit you're wearing!

3) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

tengo invitados a cenar — I have o I've got some people coming to dinner

tenemos clases mañana — we've got school tomorrow

tener... que + inf — to have... to + inf

tengo cosas que hacer — I have o I've got things to do

4)

a) (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene el pelo largo — she has o she's got long hair

tiene mucho tacto — he's very tactful

la casa tiene mucha luz — the house is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene un metro de largo — it is one meter long

tiene mucho de su padre — he's very much like his father

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? — and what's so bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño — there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años - ¿y eso qué tiene? — (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is - so what does that matter?

b) ( expresando edad)

¿cuántos años tienes? — how old are you?

tengo veinte años — I'm twenty (years old)

c) ( con idea de posibilidad)

no creo que tenga arreglo — I don't think it can be fixed

el problema tiene solución — there is a solution to the problem

5) ( dar a luz) <bebé/gemelos> to have

Sentido II

6) (sujetar, sostener) to hold

tenlo derecho — hold it upright

7) ( tomar)

ten la llave — take o here's the key

Sentido III

8) ( recibir) to have

no hemos tenido noticias de él — we haven't heard from him

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable — the proposal was favorably received

9)

a) ( sentir)

tengo hambre/sueño/frío — I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano — she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada — she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño — I'm very fond of him

tengo el placer de... — it gives me great pleasure to...

¿qué tienes? — what's wrong?, what's the matter?

b) (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo dolor de cabeza — I have o I've got a headache

no saben lo que tiene — they don't know what's wrong with him

c) (refiriéndose a experiencias, sucesos) to have

que tengas buen viaje — have a good trip

tener una discusión con alguien — to have an argument with somebody

10) ( refiriéndose a actitudes)

ten más respeto — have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado — be patient/careful

Sentido IV

11) (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl)

la mesa tiene una pata rota — one of the table legs is broken

tengo las manos sucias — my hands are dirty

tienes el cinturón desabrochado — your belt's undone

lo tiene dominado — she has him under her thumb

lo tengo terminado — I've already finished it

me tiene muy preocupada — I'm very worried about it

nos tuvo allí esperando — he kept us waiting there

me tienen de sirvienta — they treat me like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma — my little girl's sick

12) ( considerar)

tener algo/a alguien por algo: se lo tiene por el mejor he/it is considered (to be) the best; siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy; ten por seguro que lo hará — you can be sure he'll do it
2.
tener v aux

Sentido I

1)

a) (expresando obligación, necesidad)

tener que + inf — to have (got) to + inf

tengo que estudiar hoy — I have to o I must study today

no tienes más que apretar este botón — all you have to do is press this button

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti — I don't have to explain anything to you

tienes que comer más — you ought to eat more

b) (expresando propósito, recomendación)

tener que + inf: tenemos que ir a verla we must go and see her; tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise; tendrías que llamarlo — you should ring him

2) ( expresando certeza)

tener que + inf: tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer; tiene que haber sido él it must have been him; tú tenías que ser! — it had to be you!

Sentido II

3) ( con participio pasado)

¿tiene previsto asistir? — do you plan to attend?

tengo entendido que sí viene — I understand he is coming

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta — I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos hoy — we intended leaving today

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado — she has quite a lot of money saved up

4) (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo)

tienen tres años de casados — they've been married for three years

tenía un año sin verlo — she hadn't seen him for a year
3.
tenerse v pron

1) ( sostenerse)

no podía tenerse en pie — he couldn't stand

no tenerse de sueño — to be dead o asleep on one's feet

2) (refl) ( considerarse)

tenerse por algo: se tiene por muy inteligente — he considers himself to be very intelligent

* * *

= bear, contain, have, hold, own, carry, have got, have + in place, live with, have at + Posesivo + disposal, possess.

Ex: Use a uniform title for an entry if the item bears a title proper that differs from the uniform title.

Ex: The label contains information about the record, indicating, for instance, its length, status, for example, new, amended, type and class.

Ex: Many of the aspects of the indexing process including, in particular, term selection and search logic have common features.

Ex: If the search is made with a call number, a summary of copies with that call number which are held by the library is first displayed.

Ex: For example, a person can consult the system holdings files to find out whether a library in the network owns a copy of the document.

Ex: Europe Environment carries useful reports on the activities of the lobby groups in the environmental, consumer protection and research fields.

Ex: Typical examples of enquiries of this kind that could be satisfied within minutes in any decently stocked library are ' Have you got anything on organising weddings?' 'Can you find me something on the history of paddle-steamers?'.

Ex: The first country to have in place an operational domestic geostationary satellite communications system was Canada.

Ex: Medical advances are improving the lives of people living with HIV/AIDS, while prevention remains the key to stopping the spread of this disease.

Ex: But this would require time and competencies, which not all policy makers have at their disposal.

Ex: Not every index necessarily exhibits all the features of either of these types of indexing systems, and indeed, some will possess elements of both types of systems.

* acabar teniendo = end up with.

* acontecimiento + tener lugar = occurrence + take place.

* a mí también me gustaría tener la misma oportunidad = turnabout is fair play.

* aquí tiene(s) = here is/are.

* a tener en cuenta en el futuro = for future reference.

* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.

* curso que tiene lugar fuera de la universidad = extension course, off-campus course.

* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.

* del que se tiene constancia = recorded.

* demostrar que se tiene razón = prove + Posesivo + point.

* el cliente siempre tiene la razón = the customer is always right.

* empezar a tener dudas = get + cold feet.

* empezar a tener sentido = become + meaningful.

* estudiar + Nombre + teniendo en cuenta + Nombre = place + Nombre + against the background of + Nombre.

* hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.

* hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.

* lo que tenga que pasar, que pase = que sera sera, what's meant to be, will be, whatever will be, will be.

* lo que tenga que ser, será = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.

* necesitarse tener en cuenta = need + consideration.

* negar tener relación con = disclaim + connection with.

* no querer tener nada que ver con = want + nothing to do with.

* no tener alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener apetito = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener constancia de Algo = unrecorded.

* no tener donde caerse muerto = not have two pennies to rub together.

* no tener dos dedos de frente = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush.

* no tener dos dedos de frnete = knucklehead.

* no tener en cuenta = disregard, overlook, skip over, be oblivious of/to, close + the door on, leave + Nombre + out of the picture, fly in + the face of, drop + Nombre + out of the picture.

* no tener errores = be error-free.

* no tener éxito = come up with + nothing, prove + unsuccessful, be unsuccessful.

* no tener fin = there + be + no end to.

* no tener fronteras = have + no boundaries.

* no tener fundamento = be unfounded.

* no tener ganas = can't/couldn't be bothered, can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ganas de comer = be off + Posesivo + food, be off + Posesivo + oats.

* no tener hijos = be childless.

* no tener hogar = be homeless.

* no tener idea = have + no clue, have + no idea.

* no tener idea de = be clueless about, have + no understanding of.

* no tener importancia = be of no importance, make + no difference, be of no consequence.

* no tener información = be undocumented.

* no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.

* no tener la menor importancia = be of no particular concern.

* no tener la necesidad de usar Algo = have + no use for.

* no tener la obligación de = be under no obligation.

* no tener la preparación = be untrained.

* no tener límite = have + no limit.

* no tener límites = be boundless.

* no tener lugar = fall through.

* no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener más opción que = have + little choice but, have + no other option but.

* no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.

* no tener nada en contra de = have + no quarrel with, have + nothing against.

* no tener nada en contra de Algo = have + no quarrel about + Nombre.

* no tener nada que perder = have + nothing to lose.

* no tener nada que ver con = be irrelevant to.

* no tener ni idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.

* no tener ningún escrúpulo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún fundamento = not have a leg to stand on.

* no tener ningún interés = can't/couldn't be bothered.

* no tener ningún problema con = be okay with.

* no tener ningún remilgo en = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ningún reparo = have + no qualms about.

* no tener ni pies ni cabeza = be pointless.

* no tener ni punto de comparación = be in a different league.

* no tener ni puta idea = not get + Posesivo + shit together.

* no tener ni puta idea sobre Algo = not know the first thing about.

* no tener ni un pelo de tonto = there are no flies (on/about) + Pronombre.

* no tener ni voz ni voto en = have + no say in.

* no tener noticias es buena señal = no news is good news.

* no tener opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa = have + no choice.

* no tener otra alternativa que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otra opción = have + no choice.

* no tener otra opción que = have + no other option but.

* no tener otro objetivo que el de = have + no other purpose than.

* no tener otro sitio donde recurrir = have + nowhere else to turn.

* no tener parangón = be unequalled, be without peer.

* no tener pelos en la lengua = call + a spade a spade.

* no tener posibilidades = be dead meat.

* no tener prejuicios = be open-minded.

* no tener presente = be oblivious of/to.

* no tener que ir muy lejos = not have to look far.

* no tener razón = be wrong.

* no tener razón de ser + Infinitivo = there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener reparos = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener reparos en admitir que = make + no bones about + Algo.

* no tener representación = be unrepresented.

* no tener respuesta = be unanswerable.

* no tener rival = be second to none.

* no tener rumbo = lose + Posesivo + way.

* no tener salida = be stuck, get + stuck.

* no tenerse en pie = Negativo + hold + water.

* no tener sentido = be meaningless, be pointless, be senseless.

* no tener sentido el + Infinitivo = there + be + no point in + Gerundio.

* no tener sentido + Infinitivo = there + be + little point in + Gerundio, there + be + no sense in + Gerundio.

* no tener suerte = be out of luck.

* no tener tiempo de nada = have + not a moment to spare.

* no tener trabajo = be unemployed.

* no tener trascendencia = be of no consequence.

* no tener un duro = not have a bean.

* no tener valor = be valueless.

* no tener vida privada = like being in a (gold)fish bowl.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* ¡Ojalá tuviera...! = I wish I had....

* ¡Ojalá tuviese...! = I wish I had....

* parece tener poco sentido que = there + seem + little point in.

* por si + tener + suerte = on spec.

* que no tiene compensación = non-compensatory [noncompensatory].

* que no tiene precio = priceless.

* que pase lo que tenga que pasar = que sera sera, whatever will be, will be, what's meant to be, will be.

* que tiene lugar una vez a la semana = once-weekly.

* que tiene precio = priced.

* que tiene sentido = meaningful.

* que tiene solución = solvable.

* revista que tiene una gran demanda popular = mass-market journal.

* sin tener = in the absence of.

* sin tener en cuenta = never mind, without regard to, independently of, disregarding, not including.

* sin tener en cuenta el hecho de que = overlook + the fact that.

* sin tener que recurrir a = without recourse to.

* tenemos intereses en ambas partes = our feet are in both worlds.

* tener a Alguien metido en un puño = have + Nombre + under + Posesivo + thumb.

* tener a cargo de uno = have + as + Posesivo + charge.

* tener acceso a información confidencial = be on the inside.

* tener acuerdos con = have + deals with.

* tener afinidades = share + common ground.

* tener aire acondiconado = be air-conditioned.

* tener a la disposición de Uno = have at + Posesivo + disposal.

* tener al alcance = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener Algo al alcance = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener algo a mano = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener + Algo + a + Posesivo + entera disposición = have + the run of the + Nombre.

* tener Algo bajo el control de Uno = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + command.

* tener Algo claro = clarify + Posesivo + mind.

* tener Algo en común = have + Nombre + in common, share + Nombre + in common.

* tener algo en contra de = have + something against.

* tener Algo fácilmente accesible = have + Nombre + at + Posesivo + fingertips.

* tener Algo hecho a la medida de uno = have + Nombre + cut out.

* tener algo muy vivo en la mente de uno = be strong in + mind.

* tener algo que decir sobre = have + a say in.

* tener algo que ver con = have + something to do with.

* tener algo reservado = have + something up + Posesivo + sleeve.

* tener alguna incidencia en = have + some bearing on.

* tener alguna posibilidad = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna posibilidad de triunfar = have + a fighting chance.

* tener alguna relevancia para = have + some bearing on.

* tener alucinaciones = hallucinate.

* tener a mano = have at + Posesivo + touch, have + on call, have + to hand, keep within + reach, be to hand.

* tener ansias de = crave, crave for.

* tener antecedentes de = have + a track record of.

* tener antojo de = crave, crave for.

* tener a + Posesivo + cargo = have + in + Posesivo + charge.

* tener aspecto = look.

* tener atrasos = be in arrears.

* tener aversión a = have + aversion to.

* tener beneficios = have + benefits.

* tener buena mano con las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.

* tener buen apetito = have + a good appetite.

* tener buenas intenciones = be well-intentioned, mean + well.

* tener buenas perspectivas para = be well-placed to.

* tener buen ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a good judge of character.

* tener bulla = be in a hurry.

* tener cabida para = hold, accommodate, include, take.

* tener calentura = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener características en común = share + similarities.

* tener cara de muerto = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener carencias = find + wanting.

* tener carta blanca = have + carte-blanche.

* tener causa justificada = have + good cause.

* tener cautela = proceed + with caution.

* tener celos = feel + jealous.

* tener claro = be clear in your mind.

* tener coherencia = cohere.

* tener cólicos = be colicky.

* tener como consecuencia = result (in).

* tener como equivalente = have + counterpart.

* tener como motivo central = plan around + Nombre.

* tener como objetivo = have + as + Posesivo + objective, be in business for.

* tener como sede = headquarter (at/in).

* tener compasión de = have + compassion for.

* tener conocimiento de = be privy to, be aware of.

* tener consecuencias = have + consequences.

* tener consecuencias en = have + implication for.

* tener consecuencias negativas = backfire.

* tener contacto = have + contact.

* tener contactos = liaise (with/between).

* tener controlado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener control sobre = have + hold on.

* tener coraje = pluck up + courage, gather up + courage.

* tener correlación con = bear + correlation with.

* tener correspondencia = bear + correspondence (to).

* tener cosas en común = share + common ground.

* tener cualidades + Adjetivo = be of + Adjetivo + quality.

* tener cuidado = exercise + care, exercise + caution, proceed + with caution, watch out, take + caution.

* tener cuidado con = watch for, beware (of/that), look out for, be wary of.

* tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.

* tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.

* tener cuidado de = be careful, be chary of, take + (great) pains to.

* tener cuidado (de que) = take + care (that).

* tener cultivos = grow + crops.

* tener debilidad por = have + a soft spot for.

* tener delante = have + before.

* tener demasiada prisa = be in too much of a hurry, be in too much of a rush.

* tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.

* tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.

* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.

* tener dificultad = struggle, experience + difficulty, be hard pressed.

* tener dificultad de + Infinitivo = have + difficulty + Gerundio, have + difficulty in + Gerundio.

* tener dificultad en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.

* tener dificultades = have + a hard time, have + a tough time.

* tener dinero a punta pala = roll in + Dinero.

* tener dominado a Alguien = have + Nombre + on the run.

* tener dudas = be doubtful, have + misgivings, have + reservations (about), be suspicious.

* tener dudas sobre = be ambivalent about.

* tener efecto = take + effect, have + effect.

* tener efecto sobre = impinge on/upon.

* tener el atrevimiento de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el corazón de un león = have + the heart of a lion.

* tener el deber de = have + a responsibility to.

* tener el derecho de = have + the right to.

* tener el descaro de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener el destino de = suffer + the fate of.

* tener el estatus profesional de + Nombre = have + Nombre + status.

* tener el gusto de = take + pleasure.

* tener el hábito de = have + the habit of.

* tener el honor de = have + the honour of.

* tener el lujo = have + luxury.

* tener el mando = rule + the roost.

* tener el mejor aspecto posible = look + Posesivo + best.

* tener el mismo destino = suffer + the same fate.

* tener el mono = suffer from + withdrawal symptoms.

* tener el placer de = take + pleasure.

* tener el plazo cumplido = be due.

* tener el plazo vencido = be overdue.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener el toque mágico = have + the magic touch.

* tener el valor = have + the courage.

* tener el valor de = have + the guts to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener en común = hold in + common, tread + common ground.

* tener en común con = partake (in/of).

* tener en consideración = take into + consideration, take into + consideration.

* tener en cuenta = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind.

* tener en cuenta las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint, contemplate + view.

* tener en funcionamiento = have + in effect.

* tener en gran estima = have + a very high regard for.

* tener en mente = bear in + mind, have + in mind, keep in + mind.

* tener en observación = hold under + observation, keep under + observation.

* tener en reserva = hold in + reserve.

* tener entre manos = be up to.

* tener envidia de = envy.

* tener errores = be flawed.

* tener éxito = achieve + success, be successful, get + anywhere, meet + success, prove + successful, succeed, attain + appeal, be a success, find + success, come up + trumps, prove + trumps, take off, meet with + success, hit + the big time, be popular, go + strong.

* tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.

* tener éxito en la vida = succeed in + life, get on in + life.

* tener expectativas = hold + expectations, have + expectations.

* tener experiencia = have + experience.

* tener fácilmente accesible = have at + Posesivo + touch.

* tener fallos = be flawed.

* tener fe = have + faith (in).

* tener fe en = have + faith (in).

* tener fiebre = have + a temperature, have + a fever.

* tener fijación por = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener flatulencia = pass + gas, break + wind, pass + wind.

* tener forma + Adjetivo = be + Adjetivo + in shape.

* tener frenillo = lisp.

* tener fundamento para pensar que = have + reason to believe that.

* tener futuro = have + potential, there + be + a future for/in, have + a future.

* tener ganada la mitad de la batalla = be half the battle.

* tener ganada sólo la mitad de la batalla = be only half the battle.

* tener ganas de = be keen to, have + an/the inclination to.

* tener ganas de + Infinitivo = feel like + Gerundio.

* tener gancho = be engaging.

* tener gastos = incur + costs.

* tener gastos generales = incur + overheads.

* tener gran éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener gran importancia = be of high significance.

* tener gran repercusión = be far reaching.

* tener hambre = be hungry, feel + hungry.

* tener hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.

* tener hijos = father + children, have + children.

* tener hipo = hiccup.

* tener horario ajustado = be under time constraint.

* tener horror a = loathe, hate.

* tener idea = have + a clue.

* tener impacto = make + impact.

* tener impacto (sobre) = have + impact (on).

* tener implicaciones para = have + implication for.

* tener importancia = carry + weight, have + high profile, be of consequence.

* tener indigestión = have + indigestion.

* tener influencias = have + pull.

* tener influencia sobre = have + hold on.

* tener iniciativa = be proactive.

* tener intereses en = have + a stake in.

* tener intereses en juego = have + invested.

* tener interés por = have + an interest in.

* tener interés por/en = be interested in.

* tener inventiva = be inventive.

* tener jurisdicción = have + jurisdiction (over).

* tener la autoridad = have + mandate.

* tener la bragueta abierta = fly + be undone.

* tener la capacidad de = have + the potential (to/for).

* tener la cara de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la cara descompuesta = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener la categoría profesional de + Nombre = hold + Nombre + rank, have + Nombre + rank, enjoy + Nombre + rank.

* tener la certeza de = feel + confident.

* tener la certeza de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la conciencia limpia = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la conciencia tranquila = have + a clear conscience.

* tener la convicción = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la costumbre de = have + a habit of, have + the habit of.

* tener la costumbre de + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener la cuenta bancaria = bank.

* tener la culpa (por/de) = be at fault (for/to).

* tener la culpa de Algo que se ha causado Uno mismo = be of + Posesivo + own making.

* tener la desfachatez de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la desvergüenza de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.

* tener la facultad de = have + powers to.

* tener la fama de = have + a good record for.

* tener la fecha de + Fecha = be dated + Fecha.

* tener la frescura de = have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la función de = be in the business of.

* tener la impresión = have + the impression, get + the impression.

* tener la impresión de que = get + the feeling that.

* tener la intención de = be intended to, intend, mean.

* tener la intención de + Infinitivo = set out to + Infinitivo.

* tener la libertad de = be at liberty to, feel + free to.

* tener la libertard de/para = have + the latitude to.

* tener la malafortuna de = have + the misfortune to.

* tener la mirada perdida = stare into + space, gaze into + space.

* tener la misma importancia = carry + equal weight.

* tener la obligación de = be under the obligation to.

* tener la ocasión de = have + opportunity to.

* tener la oficina central en = headquarter (at/in).

* tener la opinión = it + be + Posesivo + understanding.

* tener la oportunidad = have + the opportunity.

* tener la oportunidad de = get + (a/the) + chance to, have + opportunity to, get + a chance to.

* tener la osadía de = have + the gall to, have + the nerve(s) to, have + the cheek to.

* tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener la posibilidad de = have + chance.

* tener la potestad = have + mandate.

* tener la potestad de = have + the power to, have + the right to.

* tener lapsus = have + lapses.

* tener la reputación de ser = be well known for.

* tener la responsabilidad = charge, undertake + burden.

* tener la responsabilidad de = have + the responsibility of.

* tener la sartén por el mango = call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la seguridad de = have + the security of.

* tener la seguridad de que = rest + assured that.

* tener la sensación de que = have + a gut feeling that.

* tener las mismas prerrogativas = have + an equal voice in.

* tener las riendas de = hold + the reins of.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tener lástima = pity.

* tener lástima de = take + pity on.

* tener la tentación de = be tempted to.

* tener la última palabra = have + the ultimate say, have + the final say, call + the shots, be the boss, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.

* tenerle manía a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle rabia a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tenerle tirria a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* tener libertad = have + freedom.

* tener libertad sobre = have + wide discretion over.

* tenerlo crudo = not be easy.

* tenerlo difícil = not be easy, not be easy.

* tenerlo duro = not be easy.

* tenerlo fácil = have + an easy ride.

* tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.

* tener lo que hace falta = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que hay que tener = have + what it takes.

* tener lo que se necesita = have + what it takes.

* tener los días contados = day + be + numbered, be doomed, doomed, be dead meat, the (hand)writing + be + on the wall, see it + coming.

* tener los nervios de punta = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los nervios en el estómago = have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.

* tener los pies firmemente en el suelo = feet + be + firmly planted on the ground.

* tenerlo todo = have + the best of both worlds.

* tenerlo todo hecho = have + an easy ride.

* tener lugar = take + place, go on, come to + pass.

* tener madera de = be cut out for.

* tener mala fama por = hold in + disrepute, be infamous for.

* tener malas conexiones con = have + poor connections with.

* tener malas intenciones = be up to no good, get up to + no good.

* tener mal de amores = be lovesick.

* tener mal ojo para juzgar a la gente = be a bad judge of character.

* tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.

* tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.

* tener mérito = be meritorious.

* tener miedo = be afraid, be in fear, frighten.

* tener miedo a = be scared of.

* tener miedo a Alguien = regard + Nombre + with fear.

* tener motivo = be right.

* tener motivo justificado = have + good cause.

* tener motivo para = have + cause to.

* tener movilidad = be mobile.

* tener mucha distancia que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucha ilusión = be thrilled.

* tener mucha personalidad = be full of character.

* tener mucho camino que recorrer = have + a long way to go.

* tener mucho carácter = be full of character.

* tener mucho cuidado = be extra vigilant.

* tener mucho éxito = hit + a home run, hit it out of + the park, knock it out of + the park.

* tener mucho interés en = have + a high stake in.

* tener mucho interés por = be keen to.

* tener mucho que ver con = have + a great deal to do with.

* tener mucho tiempo libre = have + plenty of time to spare.

* tener muy mala cara = look like + death warmed (over/up).

* tener niños = have + children.

* tener + Nombre = be not without + Nombre.

* tener noticias de = hear from.

* tener + Número + Período de Tiempo = be + Período de Tiempo + old.

* tener obligación = have + obligation.

* tener obsesión con = be hipped (on/to), get hipped (on/to).

* tener ojeras = have + bags under + Posesivo + eyes.

* tener ojos en la nuca = have + eyes in the back of + Posesivo + head.

* tener opinión = take + view.

* tener paciencia = be patient.

* tener paciencia con = bear with + Pronombre.

* tener palabra = keep + Posesivo + word, live up to + Posesivo + word.

* tener paralelo = have + parallel.

* tener pelos en la lengua = mince + words.

* tener pérdidas = make + a loss.

* tener perplejo = stump.

* tener plena conciencia de = be fully aware of.

* tener poca información = be information poor.

* tener pocas luces = as thick as a brick, as thick as two (short) planks, as daft as a brush, knucklehead.

* tener pocas posibilidades de = have + little recourse.

* tener poco que ver = have + little to do.

* tener poco valor = be of little value.

* tener por costumbre + Infinitivo = be in the habit of + Gerundio.

* tener por término medio = average.

* tener posibilidades = stand + chance, be in with a chance.

* tener potencial = have + potential.

* tener precaución de = be chary of.

* tener precedencia = take + priority.

* tener preferencia = be preferential, have + the right of way.

* tener preferencia (sobre) = take + precedence (over).

* tener presente = be mindful of/that, bear in + mind, consider (as), keep in + focus, keep in + mind, make + consideration, mind, make + provision for, have + regard for, be aware of.

* tener presente las posibilidades de Algo = consider + possibilities.

* tener prioridad = trump.

* tener prisa = be in a hurry.

* tener problema con Algo = experience + trouble with.

* tener problemas = have + problems.

* tener problemas con = fall + foul of, run + afoul of problems, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.

* tener problemas con la ley = fall + foul of the law, go + afoul of the law, fall + afoul of the law.

* tener programado su comienzo = be scheduled to start.

* tener programado su finalización = be scheduled for completion.

* tener pros y contras = be a mixed blessing.

* tener que = have to, hafta [have to].

* tener que aguantar Algo = be stuck with, get + stuck with.

* tener que arreglárselas solo = leave (up) to + Posesivo + own resources, leave to + Posesivo + own devices.

* tener que cargar con = be stuck with, saddle with, get + stuck with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de = be burdened with.

* tener que cargar con el peso de la tradición = be burdened with + tradition.

* tener que competir con = face + competition from.

* tener + que felicitar a Alguien = have to hand it to + Nombre.

* tener que ocurrir = be boun

* * *

tener [ E27 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

■ tener (verbo transitivo)

Sentido I

A poseer, disponer de

B

1 llevar encima

2 llevar puesto

C actividades, obligaciones

D

1 señalando características

2 expresando edad

3 con idea de posibilidad

E dar a luz

Sentido II

A sujetar, sostener

B tomar

Sentido III

A recibir

B

1 sentir

2 refiriéndose a síntomas

3 refiriéndose a sucesos

C refiriéndose a actitudes

Sentido IV

A indicando estado, situación

B tener algo/a alguien por algo

■ tener (verbo auxiliar)

Sentido I

A

1 tener que: obligación

2 tener que: propósito

B tener que: certeza

Sentido II

A con participio pasado

B en expresiones de tiempo

■ tenerse (verbo pronominal)

A sostenerse

B tenerse por algo

vt

[El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Éste prefiere la forma `I have a new dress']

Sentido I

A (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have

ése ya lo tengo I already have that one, I've already got that one

¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?

tiene un sueldo muy bueno she earns a very good salary, she is on a very good salary

no tenemos aceitunas we don't have any olives, we haven't got any olives

no tenía bastante dinero I didn't have enough money

no tengo a quién recurrir I have o I've got nobody to turn to

tú no tienes idea de lo que fue you've no idea o you can't imagine what it was like

aquí tienes al autor del delito here's o this is the culprit

¡ahí tienes! ¿ves cómo no se los puede dejar solos? there you are! you see how they can't be left on their own?

¿conque ésas tenemos? so that's the way things are, is it?

no tenerlas todas consigo ( fam): no sé, no las tengo todas conmigo I don't know, I'm not entirely sure o I'm not a hundred percent sure o I'm not at all sure

tenerla con algn (CS fam); to have it in for sb ( colloq)

tenerla con algo (CS fam); to keep o go on about sth ( colloq)

B

1 (llevar encima) to have

¿tienes cambio de $100? do you have change for $100?

no tengo un lápiz I don't have a pencil (on me), I haven't got a pencil (on me)

¿tiene hora? have you got the time?, could you tell me the time?

2 (llevar puesto) to be wearing, have on

¡qué traje más elegante tienes! that's a smart suit you're wearing o you have on!

C (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have

esta noche tengo una fiesta I'm going to o I have a party tonight

los viernes tenemos gimnasia we have keep-fit on Fridays

tenemos invitados a cenar we have o we've got some people coming to dinner

tengo un par de camisas que planchar I have o I've got a couple of shirts to iron

D

1 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (señalando características, atributos) to have

tiene los ojos castaños/el pelo largo she has o she's got brown eyes/long hair

tiene mucho tacto/valor he's very tactful/brave

tiene habilidad para esas cosas he's very good at that sort of thing

tiene sus defectos he has o he's got his faults

la habitación tiene mucha luz the room is very light o gets a lot of light

tiene cuatro metros de largo por tres de ancho it is four meters long and three meters wide

¿cuánto tienes de cintura? what's your waist measurement?

tiene mucho de su padre he's very much like his father, he takes after his father

tener algo DE algo:

¿y eso qué tiene de malo? and what's (so) bad about that?

no tiene nada de extraño there's nothing strange about it

le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? ( AmL fam); she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?

2 [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ]

(expresando edad): ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?

tengo cuarenta años I'm forty (years old)

tengo edad para ser tu padre I'm old enough to be your father

el televisor ya tiene muchos años the television set is very old

3

(con idea de posibilidad): no creo que tenga arreglo I don't think it can be fixed, I think it's beyond repair

el problema no tiene solución there is no solution to the problem, the problem is insoluble

E (dar a luz) to have

tener un niño or hijo or bebé to have a child o baby

Sentido II

A (sujetar, sostener) to hold

sube, que yo te tengo la escalera go on up, I'll hold the ladder for you

¿me tienes esto un minuto? could you hold this for a minute?

tenlo derecho hold it upright

B

(tomar): ten la llave take the key, here's the key

Sentido III

A (recibir) to have

hace un mes que no tenemos noticias de él we haven't heard from him for a month

la propuesta tuvo una acogida favorable the proposal was favorably received

tuvo una gran decepción/sorpresa it was a terrible disappointment/a big surprise for her

B

1

(sentir): tengo hambre/sueño/frío I'm hungry/tired/cold

tiene celos de su hermano she's jealous of her brother

no tiene interés por nada she's not interested in anything

le tengo mucho cariño a esta casa I'm very fond of this house

tengo el placer/honor de anunciar … it gives me great pleasure/I have the honor to announce …

¿qué tienes? ¿por qué lloras? what's wrong? o what's the matter? why are you crying?

2 (refiriéndose a síntomas, enfermedades) to have

tengo un dolor de cabeza horrible I have o I've got a terrible headache

¿has tenido las paperas? have you had mumps?

está enfermo, pero no saben qué tiene he's ill, but they don't know what it is o what he's got o what's wrong with him

3 (refiriéndose a sucesos, experiencias) to have

tuvimos un verano muy bueno we had a very good summer

tuve un sueño espantoso I had a terrible dream

que tengas buen viaje have a good trip

tuve una discusión con él I had an argument with him

C

(refiriéndose a actitudes): ten un poco más de respeto have a little more respect

ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful

tuvo la gentileza de prestármelo she was kind enough to lend it to me

tuvo la precaución de llamar antes de ir she had the foresight to phone before she went

bien² adv G. (↑ bien (2))

Sentido IV

A (indicando estado, situación) (+ compl):

el sofá tiene el tapizado sucio the upholstery on the sofa is dirty

la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken

tenía el suéter puesto al revés he had his sweater on back to front

tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty

tenía los ojos cerrados she had her eyes closed

tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone

lo tengo escondido I have it hidden away

ya lo tiene roto it's already broken o he's broken it already

la tuvo engañada mucho tiempo he was cheating on her for a long time

lo tiene dominado she has him under her thumb

eso me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about that

me tuvo escribiendo a máquina toda la tarde she had me typing all afternoon

nos tuvo allí esperando una hora he kept us waiting there for an hour

a la pobre la tienen de sirvienta they treat the poor girl like a maid

tengo a la niña enferma my little girl's sick

¿en qué mano lo tengo? which hand is it in?

B (considerar) tener algo/a algn POR algo:

se lo tiene por el mejor hospital del país it is supposed to be o it is considered (to be) the best hospital in the country

lo tienen por buen cirujano he's held to be o he's considered (to be) a good surgeon

siempre lo tuve por tímido I always thought he was shy

ten por seguro que lo hará rest assured o you can be sure he'll do it

■

v aux

Sentido I

A

1 (expresando obligación, necesidad) tener QUE + INF:

tengo que terminarlo hoy I have to o I must finish it today

tienes que comer más, estás muy delgada you must eat more, you're very thin

no tienes más que apretar este botón all you have to do is press this button

no tienes que estar allí hasta las nueve you don't have to be there until nine

no tengo por qué darte cuentas a ti I don't have to explain anything to you, I don't owe you any explanations

no tienes que comer tanto (no debes) you mustn't eat so much; (no hace falta) you don't have to eat that much, there's no need to eat that much

tendría que cambiarme, no puedo ir así I'd have to o I ought to o I should change, I can't go like this

2 (expresando propósito, recomendación) tener QUE + INF:

tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie

tengo que hacer ejercicio I must get some exercise

tienes que leerlo, es buenísimo you must read it, it's really good

B (expresando certeza) tener QUE + INF:

tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer

tiene que haber sido él it must have been him

tengo que haberlo dejado en casa I must have left it at home

¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you, didn't it?

ver² vt I. (↑ ver (2))

Sentido II

A

(con participio pasado): ¿tiene previsto asistir al congreso? do you plan to attend the conference?

ya tenían planeada su estrategia they already had their strategy worked out

tengo entendido que llega mañana I understand he's arriving tomorrow

tiene ganado el afecto del público she has won the public's affection

te tengo dicho que eso no me gusta I've told you before I don't like that

teníamos pensado irnos el jueves we intended leaving on Thursday

tiene bastante dinero ahorrado she has quite a lot of money saved up

B

( AmL) (en expresiones de tiempo): cuatro años tenía sin verlo she hadn't seen him for four years

tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years

■ tenerse

v pron

A

(sostenerse): no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand

tiene un sueño que no se tiene ( fam); he's out o dead on his feet ( colloq)

B ( refl) (considerarse) tenerse POR algo:

se tiene por muy inteligente he considers himself to be o he thinks he is very intelligent

* * *

Multiple Entries:
tener
tener algo
tener ( conjugate tener) verbo transitivo El uso de `got' en frases como `I've got a new dress' está mucho más extendido en el inglés británico que en el americano. Este prefiere la forma `I have a new dress'
1
a) (poseer, disponer de) ‹dinero/trabajo/tiempo› to have;

◊ ¿tienen hijos? do they have any children?, have they got any children?;

no tenemos pan we don't have any bread, we haven't got any bread;
tiene el pelo largo she has o she's got long hair
b) ( llevar encima) ‹lápiz/cambio› to have;

◊ ¿tiene hora? have you got the time?

c) (hablando de actividades, obligaciones) to have;

◊ tengo invitados a cenar I have o I've got some people coming to dinner;

tengo cosas que hacer I have o I've got things to do
d) ( dar a luz) ‹bebé/gemelos› to have

2
a) (señalando características, tamaño) to be;

◊ la casa tiene mucha luz the house is very light;

tiene un metro de largo it is one meter long;
le lleva 15 años — ¿y eso qué tiene? (AmL fam) she's 15 years older than he is — so what does that matter?
b) ( señalando edad) to be;

◊ ¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

tengo veinte años I'm twenty (years old)
3
a) (sujetar, sostener) to hold;

◊ tenlo derecho hold it upright

b) ( tomar):

◊ ten la llave take o here's the key

4
a) ( sentir):

◊ tengo hambre/frío I'm hungry/cold;

le tengo mucho cariño I'm very fond of him;
tengo el placer de … it gives me great pleasure to …
b) ( refiriéndose a enfermedades) ‹gripe/cáncer› to have;

◊ tengo dolor de cabeza I have o I've got a headache

c) ( refiriéndose a experiencias) ‹discusión/accidente› to have;

◊ que tengas buen viaje have a good trip

5 ( refiriéndose a actitudes):
◊ ten más respeto have a little more respect;

ten paciencia/cuidado be patient/careful;
tiene mucho tacto he's very tactful
6 (indicando estado, situación):
◊ la mesa tiene una pata rota one of the table legs is broken;

tengo las manos sucias my hands are dirty;
tienes el cinturón desabrochado your belt's undone;
me tiene muy preocupada I'm very worried about it
tener v aux
1 tener que hacer algo
a) (expresando obligación, necesidad) to have (got) to do sth;

◊ tengo que estudiar hoy I have to o I must study today;

tienes que comer más you ought to eat more
b) (expresando propósito, recomendación):

◊ tenemos que ir a ver esa película we must go and see that movie;

tendrías que llamarlo you should ring him
c) ( expresando certeza):

◊ tiene que estar en este cajón it must be in this drawer;

¡tú tenías que ser! it had to be you!
2 ( con participio pasado):
◊ tengo entendido que sí viene I understand he is coming;

te tengo dicho que … I've told you before (that) …;
teníamos pensado irnos hoy we intended leaving today
3 (AmL) ( en expresiones de tiempo):
◊ tienen tres años de casados they've been married for three years;

tenía un año sin verlo she hadn't seen him for a year
tenerse verbo pronominal ( sostenerse):
◊ no podía tenerse en pie he couldn't stand;

no tenerse de sueño to be dead on one's feet
tener
I verbo transitivo
1 (poseer, disfrutar) to have, have got: tengo muy buena memoria, I have a very good memory
no tiene coche, he hasn't got a car
tiene dos hermanas, he has two sisters
tiene mucho talento, he's very talented
no tenemos suficiente dinero, we don't have enough money
(ser dueño de) to own: tiene una cadena de hoteles, he owns a chain of hotels ➣ Ver nota en have 2 (contener) to contain: esta bebida no tiene alcohol, this drink doesn't contain alcohol
3 (asir, sujetar) to hold: la tenía en brazos, she was carrying her in her arms
4 (hospedar) tiene a su suegra en casa, his mother-in-law is staying with them
5 (juzgar, considerar) la tengo por imposible, I regard her as a hopeless case
nos tienen por tontos, they think we are stupid
tenlo por seguro, you can be sure
6 (pasar el tiempo de cierta manera) to have: he tenido un día espantoso, I've had a dreadful day
7 (padecer, sentir) tiene celos, he's jealous
tengo hambre/sed, I'm hungry/thirsty
ten paciencia conmigo, be patient with me
tengo un dolor de cabeza terrible, I have a terrible headache
8 (profesar) to have: me tiene cariño, he is very fond of me
no le tengo ningún respeto, I have no respect for him
9 (años, tiempo) to be: el bebé tiene ocho días, the baby is eight days old
(medidas) la cama tiene metro y medio de ancho, the bed is one and a half metres wide
10 (mantener) to keep: no sabe tener la boca cerrada, she can't keep her mouth shut
nos tuvo dos horas esperando, he kept us waiting for two hours
tiene su habitación muy ordenada, he keeps his room very tidy
me tiene preocupada, I'm worried about him
11 ( tener que + infinitivo) tengo que hacerlo, I must do it
tienes que tomarte las pastillas, you have to take your pills
tendrías que habérselo dicho, you ought to have told her ➣ Ver nota en must
II verbo aux to have: mira que te lo tengo dicho veces, I've told you time and time again
Tener tiene dos traducciones básicas: to have o to have got. Esta segunda se usa casi únicamente para expresar posesión y solo en el presente: Tengo un coche nuevo. I have got a new car.
La primera se usa en sentido más general: Va a tener un problema. He's going to have a problem. Recuerda que la forma interrogativa de I have got es have I got?, mientras que la forma interrogativa de I have es do I have?
Cuando tener significa sentir, se traduce por el verbo to be: Tengo hambre. I am hungry.

' tener' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrigar
- abuela
- abundar
- acarrear
- accidente
- acostumbrar
- admirar
- adolecer
- agobiarse
- añorar
- antena
- apetecer
- apremiar
- aptitud
- arcada
- arte
- banco
- bombera
- bombero
- burbuja
- cabida
- cabronada
- cacao
- caer
- cagalera
- calor
- cantar
- capaz
- carácter
- carrete
- celebrarse
- céntimo
- certeza
- certidumbre
- ciega
- ciego
- conciencia
- conllevar
- consecuencia
- constar
- contingente
- corazón
- correa
- correrse
- cosa
- cosquillas
- costar
- creer
- cruda
- crudo
English:
access
- accommodate
- act
- add up
- afraid
- agree
- aim to
- allow for
- allowance
- approve of
- around
- associate
- attached
- augment
- authoritarian
- ax
- axe
- barrel
- be
- bear
- bear with
- bearing
- begrudge
- believe in
- belong
- beware
- boast
- bone
- boomerang
- breathing space
- broody
- brush
- butterfly
- calculate
- careful
- celebrate
- clash
- clever
- come off
- command
- connected
- conscience
- consider
- consideration
- count
- crash
- date
- daunt
- debt
- depend

* * *

tener

♦ vt

1. [poseer, disfrutar de] [objeto, cualidad, elemento, parentesco] to have;

no tengo televisor/amigos I haven't got o I don't have a television/any friends;

¿tienes un bolígrafo? have you got o do you have a pen?;

¿tiene usted hora? have you got the time?;

tenemos un mes para terminarlo we've got a month in which to finish it;

tiene el pelo corto, ojos azules y gafas she has (got) short hair, blue eyes and she wears glasses;

muchos no tienen trabajo o [m5] empleo a lot of people are out of work;

el documental no tiene mucho interés the documentary is not very interesting;

¿cuántas habitaciones tiene? how many rooms has it got o does it have?;

¿tienes hermanos? have you got o do you have any brothers or sisters?;

tengo un hermano I've got o I have a brother;

tener un niño to have a baby;

no tienen hijos they haven't got o don't have any children;
RP Fam
tener algo a bocha [en gran cantidad] to have tons o loads of sth;

Comp

¿conque ésas tenemos?, ¿ahora no quieres ayudar? so that's the deal, is it? you don't want to help now, then;

Comp

no las tiene todas consigo he is not too sure about it;

Comp
muy Fam
tenerlos bien puestos to have guts;

Prov

tanto tienes, tanto vales you are what you own

2. [padecer, realizar, experimentar] to have;

tener fiebre to have a temperature;

tiene cáncer/el sida she has (got) cancer/AIDS;

doctor, ¿qué tengo? what's wrong with me, doctor?;

no tienes nada (grave) it's nothing (serious), there's nothing (seriously) wrong with you;

tuvieron una pelea/reunión they had a fight/meeting;

tengo las vacaciones en agosto my holidays are in August;

mañana no tenemos clase we don't have to go to school tomorrow, there's no school tomorrow;

¡que tengan buen viaje! have a good journey!;

no he tenido un buen día I haven't had a good day;

tiene lo que se merece she's got what she deserves

3. [medida, años, sensación, sentimiento] to be;

tiene 3 metros de ancho it's 3 metres wide;

¿cuántos años tienes? how old are you?;

tiene diez años she's ten (years old);
Am
tengo tres años aquí I've been here for three years;

tener hambre/miedo to be hungry/afraid;

tener suerte/mal humor to be lucky/bad-tempered;

tengo un dolor de espalda terrible I have a terrible backache;

tengo alergia al polvo I'm allergic to dust;

me tienen cariño/envidia they're fond/jealous of me;

le tiene lástima he feels sorry for her;

tengo ganas de llorar I feel like crying

4. [hallarse o hacer estar en cierto estado]
tenía la cara pálida her face was pale;

tienes una rueda pinchada you've got a Br puncture o US flat;

tienes la corbata torcida your tie isn't straight;

me tuvo despierto it kept me awake;

eso la tiene despistada/preocupada that has her confused/worried;

esto la tendrá ocupada un rato this will keep her busy for a while;

un psicópata tiene atemorizada a la población a psychopath is terrorizing the population;

nos tuvieron una hora en comisaría they kept us at the police station for an hour;

me tuvo esperando una hora she kept me waiting an hour;

nos tuvieron toda la noche viendo vídeos they made us watch videos all night;

la tienen como o [m5] de encargada en un restaurante she's employed as a manageress in a restaurant

5. [sujetar] to hold;

tenlo por el asa hold it by the handle;

¿puedes tenerme esto un momento? could you hold this for me a minute?;

ten los brazos en alto hold your arms up high

6. [tomar]
ten el libro que me pediste here's the book you asked me for;

¡aquí tienes!, ¡ten! here you are!;

ahí tienes la respuesta there's your answer

7. [recibir] [mensaje, regalo, visita, sensación] to get;

tuve una carta suya I got o had a letter from her;

el que llegue primero tendrá un premio whoever arrives first will get a prize;

tendrás noticias mías you'll hear from me;

tenemos invitados/a la familia a cenar we've got guests/the family over for dinner;

tendrá una sorpresa he'll get a surprise;

tenía/tuve la impresión de que… I had/got the impression that…;

tuve una verdadera desilusión I was really disappointed

8. [valorar, estimar]
tener en mucho/poco a alguien to think a lot/not to think very much of sb;

me tienen por tonto they think I'm stupid;
Formal
tener a bien hacer algo to be kind enough to do sth;

les ruego tengan a bien considerar mi candidatura para el puesto de… I would be grateful if you would consider my application for the post of…

9. [guardar, contener] to keep;

¿dónde tienes las joyas/el dinero? where do you keep the jewels/money?;

¿dónde tendré las gafas? where can my glasses be?;

la botella tenía un mensaje the bottle had a message inside;

esta cuenta no tiene fondos there are no funds in this account

10. RP Fam
tenerla con algo/alguien to go on about sth/sb;

¡cómo la tenés con tu vecino! you're always going on about your neighbour!;

¡cómo la tiene con el auto que se va a comprar! he's always going on about the car he's going to buy!;

¡cómo la tiene el jefe contigo! the boss really has it in for you!

♦ v aux

1. [antes de participio] [haber]
teníamos pensado ir al teatro we had thought of going to the theatre, we had intended to go to the theatre;

¿cuánto tienes hecho de la tesis? how much of your thesis have you (got) done?;

te tengo dicho que no pises los charcos I've told you before not to step in puddles;

tengo entendido que se van a casar I understand (that) they are going to get married

2.
tener que: [indica obligación] [m5] tener que hacer algo to have to do sth;

tenía/tuve que hacerlo I had to do it;

¿tienes que irte? do you have to go?, have you got to go?;

tienes que esforzarte más you must try harder;

tiene que ser así it has to be this way;

tenemos que salir de aquí we have (got) to o need to get out of here, we must get out of here;

teníamos que haber hecho esto antes we should have o ought to have done this before;

no tienes que disculparte you needn't apologize, you don't need to apologize;

si quieres algo, no tienes más que pedirlo if you want something, all you have to do is ask;

no tienes por qué venir, si no quieres you don't have to come if you don't want to

3.
tener que: [indica propósito, consejo] [m5] tenemos que ir a cenar un día we ought to o should go for dinner some time;

tienes que ir a ver esa película you must see that movie;

tenías que haber visto cómo corría you should have seen him run;

tendrías que dejar de fumar you ought to give up smoking

4.
tener que: [indica probabilidad] [m5] ya tienen que haber llegado they must have o should have arrived by now;

las llaves tienen que andar por aquí the keys must be round here somewhere;

tendría que haber terminado hace rato she should have o ought to have finished some time ago;

tenía que ser él, no podía ser otro it had to be him, it couldn't have been anyone else

5.
tener que ver: tener que ver con algo/alguien to have to do with sth/sb;

actitudes que tienen que ver con la falta de educación attitudes which are related to a lack of education;

se apellida Siqueiros, pero no tiene que ver con el pintor his surname is Siqueiros, but he's got nothing to do with the painter;

¿qué tiene eso que ver conmigo? what has that got to do with me?;

no tener nada que ver con algo/alguien to have nothing to do with sth/sb;

lo que digo no tiene nada que ver con eso what I'm saying has nothing to do with that;

aunque los dos vinos sean Rioja, no tienen nada que ver even if both wines are Riojas, there's no comparison between them;

¿qué tiene que ver que sea mujer para que haga bien su trabajo? what's her being a woman got to do with whether or not she does a good job?;

es un poco tarde, ¿no? – ¿y qué tiene que ver? it's a bit late, isn't it? – so what?;

tener que ver en algo to be involved in sth;

dicen que la CIA tuvo que ver en ello rumour has it the CIA were involved;

¿has tenido tú algo que ver en esto? have you had something to do with this?

♦ See also the pronominal verb tenerse

* * *

tener

v/t

1 have;

tener 10 años be 10 (years old);

tener un metro de ancho/largo be one meter wide/long o in width/length

2

:

ha tenido un niño she’s had a little boy

3

:

tener a alguien por algo regard s.o. as sth, consider s.o. to be sth

4

:

tengo que madrugar I must get up early, I have to o I’ve got to get up early;

tuve que madrugar I had to get up early

5

:

conque ¿esas tenemos? so that’s how it is o things stand, eh?;

no tuvo a bien saludarme he did not see fit to greet me;

no las tengo todas conmigo fam I’m not one hundred per cent sure;

eso me tiene nervioso that makes me nervous

* * *

tener {80} vt

1) : to have

tiene ojos verdes: she has green eyes

tengo mucho que hacer: I have a lot to do

tiene veinte años: he's twenty years old

tiene un metro de largo: it's one meter long

2) : to hold

ten esto un momento: hold this for a moment

3) : to feel, to make

tengo frío: I'm cold

eso nos tiene contentos: that makes us happy

4)

tener por : to think, to consider

me tienes por loco: you think I'm crazy

tener v aux

1)

tener que : to have to

tengo que salir: I have to leave

tiene que estar aquí: it has to be here, it must be here

2) (with past participle)

tenía pensado escribirte: I've been thinking of writing to you

♦ See also the reflexive verb tenerse

* * *

tener vb

1. (en general) to have

¿tienes hermanos? have you any brothers or sisters?

tiene el pelo largo she has long hair

tenía dolor de cabeza I had a headache

tuve un sueño I had a dream

En el presente, sobre todo en inglés hablado, se puede emplear have got en vez de have, por ejemplo, have you got any brothers or sisters?

2. (edad, tamaño) to be

tiene quince años she's fifteen years old

la habitación tiene cuatro metros de largo the room is four metres long

Muchas veces se utiliza el verbo to be y el sustantivo se traduce con un adjetivo

tengo calor I'm hot

tengo hambre I'm hungry

tengo miedo I'm afraid

tengo sed I'm thirsty

aquí tienes here you are

tener pensado hacer algo to intend doing something

tener que to have to

tengo que ir a trabajar I have to go to work

tienes que estudiar más you have to study more

tener que ver to have to do with / to concern

no tiene nada que ver contigo it's got nothing to do with you / it doesn't concern you

Spanish-English dictionary > tener
64 de

dē, Praep. m. Abl., bezeichnet eine Abtrennung, Abschließung von einem Gegenstande, an dem sich etwas befunden hat, deutsch = von... weg ( während ex den innern Bereich andeutet, aus dem etwas hervorgeht, deutsch = »von... aus«), I) im Raume: 1) von... weg, von... ab, von... her, von... herab, von, zuw. auch deutsch aus, de digito anulum detrahere, vom Finger (weg), Ter. u. Cic.: de manibus effugere, Cic.: de civitate alqm eicere, Cic.: de castris processisse, Sall.: de sella exsilire, Cic.: de muro se deicere, Caes.: de lecto decĭdere, Plaut. – dah. bei den Verben, die ein »Entnehmen« usw. bezeichnen, wie capere, sumere, petere etc. – ebenso emere de alqo, Cato: mercari de alqo, Cic.: quaerere de alqo, Cic.: audire de alqo, von jmd. (aus jmds. Munde), Cic.: discere de alqo, Cic. u.a.

2) zur Bezeichnung des Punktes, von dem (als an ihm noch haftend) etwas gleichs. sich loslöst, unmittelbar ausgeht, von... aus, an... herab, an, nova de gravido palmite gemma tumet, Ov.: pendēre de collo, de camera, Ov. u. Petron.: de clunibus pinnas habere, Col.: de qua pariens arbore nixa dea est, Ov.

3) zur Bezeichnung der Richtung, Seite, von der aus etwas geschieht, von... her, von... heraus, von... herab, palam de sella ac tribunali pronuntiaré, Cic.: nihil ex occulto, nihil de insidiis agere, Cic.: de paupere mensa dona, Tibull.: de scripto dicere, de epistula recitare, Cic.: de tergo, vom Rücken her, von hinten (dagegen a tergo, im Rücken), Plaut. (vgl. unten no. II, B, 3 a. E.): de plano (= χαμόθεν), auf ebener Erde, unten (Ggstz. de tribunali, ἀπο βήματος), cognoscere, discutere u. dgl., ICt.

II) übtr.: A) in der Zeit, 1) zur Angabe, daß etwas noch während der Dauer eines bestimmten Zeitpunktes (wie Nacht, Nachtwache, Tag usw.) seinen Anfang genommen habe, noch im Laufe des ( der) usw., noch mit, noch in od. an (vgl. Matthiä Cic. Mur. 22. Bremi Suet. Aug. 97), de nocte venire, Cic., rus ire, Ter., surgere, Hor. (vgl. Drak. Liv. 8, 23, 15. Oud. Suet. Vesp. 21). – multa de nocte (noch tief in der Nacht) profectum esse, Cic. – de media nocte (noch mitten in der Nacht) mittere complures turmas eo, Caes. – de die, noch am (hellen) Tage, Komik., Hor. u.a. (auch zuw. nach dem griech. ἀφ ἡμέρας = »mit dem Beginn des Tages«, nach Mützell Curt. 5, 7 [22], 2). – media de luce u. de medio die, vom hellen Mittag an, Hor. – de tertia (quarta) vigilia, noch im Laufe der dr. N., mit der dr. N., Caes., Liv. u.a. (s. Drak. Liv. 9, 44, 10). – de mense Decembri (noch im Laufe des D.) navigare, Cic. – aber de tempore (= bl. tempore), zur gewöhnlichen Zeit, cenare, Auct. b. Hisp. 33, 5.

2) zur Bezeichnung der unmittelbaren Folge in der Zeit, von... weg, unmittelbar nach (s. Lorenz Plaut. most. 682. Brix Plaut. trin. 215), non bonus somnus de prandio, Plaut.: statim de auctione venire, Cic.: oft diem de die, von Tag zu Tag, differre, proferre u. dgl., Liv. u. Iustin.

B) in andern Verhältnissen, 1) zur Angabe der Herkunft, Abstammung, a) ( wie ἀπο) zur Bezeichnung des Ortes, von dem (als seinem gewöhnl. Aufenthaltsorte) jmd. od. etwas ist, -stammt, von, copo de via Latina, Cic.: rabula de foro (= forensis), Cic.: aliquis de ponte, einer von der Brücke, ein Brückensteher = Bettler, Iuven.: nauta de navi Alexandrina, Suet.: Libyca de rupe leones (poet. = Libyci leones, Ov.: nostro de rure corona, Tibull. – b) des Standes, de summo adulescens loco, Plaut.: de summo loco summoque genere eques, Plaut. – c) des etymologischen Ursprungs, von, nach, dicere alqm de alcis nomine, Ov.: dicta suo de nomine, Ov. 2) zur Angabe des Ganzen, von dem ein Teil, od. der Menge, aus der ein einzelnes Individuum genommen od. gekommen ist, von, aus, unter, partem solido demere de die, Hor.: de praeda mea teruncium nec attigit nec tacturus est quisquam, Cic.: exempta spinis de pluribus una, Hor.: hominem certum misi de comitibus meis, Cic.: illos emi de praeda a quaestoribus, Plaut. – So insbes., a) zur Angabe des Geschlechts, der Klasse, Gesellschaft, Schule, aus der ein Individuum ist, genetrix Priami de gente, Verg.: homo de plebe = aus dem Bürgerstande od. = aus dem gemeinen Volke, ein gemeiner Bürger, Cic., Liv. u.a. (vgl. Drak. Liv. epit. 2. Burm. Ov. am. 1, 7, 29): malus poëta de populo, Cic.: hic de grege illo est, Ter.: homo de schola, Cic. – b) sehr häufig zur Umschreibung des partitiven Genetivs, ut partem aliquam de istius impudentia reticere possim, Cic.: aliquis de dis, Ov.: de duobus honestis utrum honestius, Cic.: quemvis de iis, Cic. – bei Zahlw., nemo de nobis unus excellat, Cic.: unus (una) de multis, de tot milibus, Hor. u. Ov. – bei Superlat., de tribus et decem fundis tres nobilissimos fundos possidere, Cic.: minimus de stirpe virili, Ov.

3) zur Bezeichnung des Stoffs, woraus od. wovon etwas bereitet wird od. ist, von, aus, niveo factum de marmore signum, Ov.: de eodem oleo et opera exarare alqd, Cic.: verno de flore corona, Ov. – dah. a) zur Bezeichnung eines Gegenstandes, aus dem ein anderer entstanden ist, aus, garum de sucis piscis Hiberi, Hor.: alipedis de stirpe dei versuta propago nascitur Autolycus, Ov.: de nave carcerem facere, Petr.: de templo carcerem fieri, Cic.: captivum de rege facere, Iustin.: in deum de bove verti, Ov. – b) zur Angabe dessen, von dem der Aufwand für etw. bestritten wird, de praeda manubiis spoliisque honorem habetote, Liv. – bes. zur Angabe des Vermögens, von dem die Kosten zu etwas bestritten werden, de meo, de tuo, de suo, de nostro, de vestro, de alieno, von dem Meinigen, Deinigen usw., Komik., Cic., Liv. u.a. (vgl. Drak. Liv. 4, 60, 4. Schwarz Plin. pan. 26, 3. p. 83. Scheffer Phaedr. 4, 19, 26): de publico, aus der Staatskasse, Cic. u.a.: so auch de te, von dir = aus deinem Beutel, de te largitor, Ter. adelph. 940. – c) zur Angabe des Körperteils usw., mit dem man Strafe abbüßt (vgl. Korte Lucan. 4, 805), de tergo (vgl. oben no. I, 3), de visceribus satisfacere, Liv. u. Cic.: de tergo od. (meton.) de se supplicium dare, Plaut.

4) (spätlat.) zur Angabe des Mittels u. Werkzeugs, mit (s. Rönsch Itala p. 392 sqq.), descobinata de limis, runcinarum levigata de planis, Arnob.: comperies de velamine arcam testimonii, Itala exod. 26, 34: cumque significasset eis de manu, Itala act. apost. 12, 17: de afflatu suo animat, Tert. adv. Valent. 24: de cauda nocere, Tert. scorp. 1.

5) zur Bezeichnung der veranlassenden Ursache od. des Grundes, von wegen, wegen, um... willen, aus, durch, gravi de causa, Cic.: qua de causa, qua de re, aus dem Grunde, weswegen, deshalb, Cic. u. Nep.: so auch quo de facto, Auct. b. Hisp.: flebat uterque non de suo supplicio, sed etc., Cic.: senatui parendum de salute rei publicae fuit, Cic.: de labore pectus tundit, vor Schmerz, Plaut.: quod erat de me feliciter Ilia mater, durch mich, Ov.: notior est factus Capaneus de fulminis ictu, Ov.

6) zur Bezeichnung der Gemäßheit, nach de etwas wie nach einer Norm, Richtschnur geschieht, nach, zufolge, gemäß (s. Lorenz Plaut. most. 760. Brix Plaut. Men. 934), de exemplo meo ipse aedificato, Plaut.: de illis verbis cave tibi, Plaut.: de suorum propinquorum sententia atque auctoritate fecisse, Cic.: de eius consilio velle sese facere, Ter.: vix de mea sententia concessum est, Cic.

7) (wie περί), zur Bezeichnung der Rücksicht oder Hinsicht, in betreff ( was betrifft), in Hinsicht, anlangend ( was anlangt), hinsichtlich, de cena facio gratiam, Plaut.: recte non credis de numero militum, Cic.: de fratre confido, Cic.: diffidens de numero dierum Caesarem fidem servaturum, Caes.: neque id, quod fecerit de oppugnatione castrorum, aut iudicio aut voluntate suā fecisse, Caes.: solem de virgine rapta consule, Ov.: de cetero (am Ende einer Rede), was das übrige (weitere) anlangt, Sen. u. Curt.: so auch de ceteris, Sall.; s. Fabri Sall. Iug. 26, 1. Mützell Curt. 4, 1 (2), 14. – nach Subst., triumphus de alqo, victoria de alqo, s. triumphus, victoria. -u. so häufig nach verbis sentiendi u. declarandi zur Angabe des Objekts, auf das die Betrachtung, Verhandlung usw. sich beschränkt, deutsch über, s. ac-cipio, ago, audio, 1. dico, doceo, ē-doceo, cō-gnōsco, iūdico u. dgl.

8) bei Adjektiven zur Bildung von Adverbialausdrücken, wie: de improviso, unversehens, unvermutet, Ter., Cic. u.a.: de integro, von neuem, ibid.

9) (spätlat.) beim Komparat. statt des bloßen Abl., als, si plus de triginta pedibus patuerit, Gromat. vet. 11, 19.

10) bei subst. gebrauchten Advv., zB. de intus, s. de-intus: de longe, s. dē-longē: de magis, s. dē-magis.

/ In der Zusammensetzung bezeichnet de: a) Entfernung, Trennung, im materiellen und moralischen Sinne = ab-, weg-, fort-, decedere, deferre; übtr., denuntiare. – od. von der Höhe in die Tiefe = nieder-, herab-, hinab-, decĭdere, deicere. – b) ein Abgehen od. Fehlen, deunx, desum, deficio, destituo, demens, deformis u. dgl. – c) eine Vollendung, einen hohen Grad, dient daher auch zur Verstärkung des im einfachen Verbum liegenden Begriffs, völlig, gänzlich, sehr, heftig, defungi, depugnare, devincere. – deamare, demirari u. dgl.

de wird gern zwischen dem Adjektivum od. dem Pronomen u. dem Substantivum eingeschaltet, vgl. oben multa de nocte, gravi de causa, qua de re. – auch dem bloßen Relativum nachgesetzt, bes. in der jurist. Spr., zB. illud, quo de agitur, id negotium, quo de agitur, worum es sich handelt, Cic. de or. 1, 209 u. de inv. 1, 27: u. so illae oves, qua de re agitur, Varro r. r. 2, 2, 6; vgl. Neue-Wagener Formenl.³ Bd. 2. S. 942 u. 943.

lateinisch-deutsches > de
65 infer

īnfer u. gew. īnferus, a, um, Compar. īnferior, Superl. īnfimus u. īmus, a, um (inferus = altindisch ádhara-h, der untere; infimus = altind. adhamá-h, der unterste), der, die, das untere, I) Posit.: A) īnfer (Ggstz. super), super inferque vicinus, Cato r. r. 149, 1. – B) īnferus, a, um (Ggstz. superus), 1) im allg.: limen superum inferumque, Plaut.: fulmina, die aus der Erde kommen sollen, Plin.: infera in loca (untere Gegend) obire, untergehen, v. Gestirnen, Cic. Arat.: mare inf., das untere Meer, d.i. das Tuskische (Ggstz. mare superum, das Adriatische), Cic. u.a. (im Briefstil auch ohne mare, z.B. iter ad superum, navigatio infero, Cic. ad Att. 9, 5, 1). – 2) insbes., der untere = der in der Unterwelt befindliche, unterirdische, a) übh.: superus an inferus deus, Liv. Andr.: inferi di (Ggstz. superi), Cic. u.a.: per flumina iuro infera, Ov. – subst., īnferus, ī, m. (sc. locus), die Unterwelt, die Hölle, Ven. Fort. carm. 3, 9, 79: porta inferi, Vulg. Isai. 38, 10 u. Matth. 16, 18. – b) v. Verstorbenen, īnferī, ōrum, u. ûm, m., die Unterirdischen, die Abgeschiedenen, Verstorbenen, Toten, die Unterwelt, di, quibus est potestas motus superûm atque inferûm, Enn. fr.: vanos esse inferorum metus (Furcht vor usw.), Sen.: elicere animas inferorum, Cic.: Cerberus apud inferos, in der Unterwelt, Cic.: ab inferis excitare od. revocare, von den Toten auferwecken, Cic.: umbras inferûm excitare, Plin.: ab inferis exsistere, von den Toten auferstehen, aus der Unterwelt kommen, Liv.

II) Compar. īnferior, neutr. īnferius, Genet. iōris, der untere (Ggstz. superior), 1) dem Orte nach, limen, Varro: labrum, Unterlippe, Caes.: pars, Cornif. rhet. u. Caes.: locus, Caes.: in inferius ferri, herabsinken, Ov.: ex inferiore loco, auf der Erde, unten, nicht auf dem Tribunal (χαμόθεν), dicere, Cic.: Plur. subst., inferiores, die im untern Teil der Stadt Wohnenden, Auct. b. Alex. 6, 3. – 2) übtr.: a) dem Grade nach, v. Tone, gesenkter, modi inferiores (Ggstz. elati, gehobene), Quint. 11, 3, 17. – b) der Reihenfolge nach, versus, der Pentameter, Ov. am. 1, 1, 3: inferiores quinque dies, die letzteren f. T., Varro LL. 6, 13. – c) der Zeit nach später, jünger, aetate inferiores, Cic.: erant (motus nostrae civitatis) inferiores quam illorum aetas, qui loquebantur, Cic. ep. – d) der Zahl nach schwächer, inferior numero navium, Caes.: copiis inferior, Nep. – e) dem Range u. Stande nach, niederer, niedriger, tiefer, geringer, unbedeutender (Ggstz. superior), gradus, Cic.: ordo, Cic.: ordines (Stellen, Chargen), Caes.: inferioris iuris magistratus, ein niederer Beamter, Liv.: omnibus inferior, Ov.: ne inferior esset soror marito, Capit.: humanos casus virtute inferiores putare, Cic. – subst., inferior, der Niedrigere, Geringere (Ggstz. honestus, superior, par), Cic. u.a.: Plur. (Ggstz. superiores, aequi), Cornif. rhet., Cic. u.a. – f) der Kraft u. Macht nach geringer, schwächer, nachstehend, unterliegend (Ggstz. superior), oft inferiorem esse = unterliegen, nachstehen, untergeordnet sein, ei, qu affecti iniuriis ad opem iudicum supplices inferioresque confugiunt, Cic.: quemadmodum causa inferior dicendo superior esse posset, Cic.: ubi nostros non esse inferiores intellexit, Caes.: si inferiores fuissent, Auct. b. Alex. – m. Abl., inferior animo, Caes., velocitate, Iustin.: dignitate non inferior, Cic.: inferiorem esse fortunā, Cic. – m. in u. Abl., in iure civili non inferior quam magister fuit, Cic.: quem ego in hoc praesertim intellegam prudentiā non esse inferiorem quam me, usu vero etiam superiorem, Cic.: inferiorem esse in agendo (Ggstz. superiorem discedere), Cic. – zugl. m. Abl. pers., Alexandro virtute inferior, Iustin.: gens nullā Gallicā gente opibus aut famā inferior, Liv. – m. Dat. pers., vir gravis et nullā arte cuiquam inferior, Sall. hist. fr. 2, 87 (86). – subst., inferiores, Schwächere, Iustin. 5, 2, 12 u. 8, 1, 3: insbes. schwächere Schüler, Quint. 2, 3, 4.

III) Superl. īnfimus (īnfumus), a, um, u. īmus, a, um (Ggstz. summus), A) īnfimus (īnfumus), a, um, der unterste, letzte, 1) eig.: a) übh.: solum, Caes.: terram esse infimam, Cic.: cum scripsissem haec infima, Unterste, Letzte, Cic.: ab infimo, von unten auf, Caes., od. ganz unten, Caes. – b) partitiv, zur Bezeichnung des untersten Teils, ad infimum Argiletum, an der untersten Stelle des A., Liv.: ad infimos montes, an den Fuß des Gebirges, Nep.: ab infima ara, vom untersten Teile des A., Cic.: in infimo foro, am untersten Ende des F., Plaut. – 2) übtr., der unterste dem Range, Stande usw. nach = geringste, niedrigste, infimo loco natus, von sehr geringer od. niedriger Geburt, Cic.: faex populi, Cic.: condicio servorum, Cic. – subst., infimus, der Niedrigste, Geringste (im Volke), Ggstz. summus, Amm. 19, 9, 2: gew. Plur. infimi (Ggstz. summi), Cic. u.a. – übtr., precibus infimis, durch demütiges Bitten, demütig, alqd impetrare ab alqo, Liv.: petere, ut etc., Liv. – / Kompar. infimior, Interpr. Iren. 2, 12, 7. Itala euang. Ioann. 2, 10.

B) īmus, a, um, der unterste, 1) eig.: a) übh.: conviva imus, der zu unterst liegt, Hor. – subst., ab imo, von unten an, Caes. u.a.: ab imo suspirare, tief aufseufzen, Ov.: imo, unten, in der Tiefe, Ov.: ex imo, von Grund auf, Ov.: in imum deferri, zu Boden sinken, Cels. – neutr. pl. subst., ima, das Unterste (Ggstz. summa), Ov. u. Quint.: ima cornuum, die Wurzeln, Liv.: ima montis, der Fuß des B., Plin. u. Tac.; insbes., der Grund, die Tiefe, ima gurgitis, fontis, Ov.: maris, Plin.: u. prägn. = die Unterwelt, Ov. met. 10, 47. – b) partitiv, der unterste Teil = unten an, in, auf u. dgl., cauda, Schwanzspitze, Ov.: gurges, unterste Tiefe des Str., Ov.: pulmonibus imis, tief in den L., Ov.: in ima aure, Plin.: in fundo imo, Verg.: a summo (stipite) ad imum, Volc. Cass.: imo ex pectore, aus tiefer Brust, Catull., ab imo pectore, Verg.: ab imis unguibus (Fußspitzen) ad verticem summum, Cic.: so auch ad imos pedes, bis auf die Fußzehen, Suet.: subst., ab imo, am untersten Ende, Caes.: ebenso in imo, Cels., ad imum, Liv. u. Cels. – 2) übtr.: a) dem Grade nach, v. Tone, der tiefste, sonus summus, medius, imus, Plin.: vox ima (Ggstz. vox summa), Hor. u. Quint.: oratio perfecta non est, nisi ab imo ad summum omnibus intenta nervis consentiat, Quint. – b) der unterste der Reihe od. dem Range nach, nihil nostra intersit, utrum ab summo an ab imo an a medio nomina eorum dicere incipiamus, Cornif. rhet. 3, 30. – subst., superi imique deorum, Ov. fast. 5, 665: maximi imique, die Höchsten u. Niedrigsten, Sen. de clem. 1, 1, 9. – c) der letzte der Zeit nach, mensis, Ov. fast. 2, 52. – dah. ad imum, bis ans Ende, bis zuletzt, Hor. de art. poët. 126; u. (= franz. enfin) am Ende, zuletzt, Hor. ep. 1, 18, 35.

lateinisch-deutsches > infer

66 orior

orior, ortus sum, oritūrus, īrī (vgl. ορ-νυ-μι, ορωρα), sich erheben, aufsteigen, I) v. Pers.: cum consul oriens de nocte silentio diceret dictatorem, Liv. 8, 23, 15: ortus est longe saevior Catulus, Sall. hist. fr. 3, 61 (82), 10. Vgl. Vel. Long. de orthogr. 74, 19 K. – II) übtr., sich erheben = sichtbar werden, A) v. der Sonne u. v. Gestirnen (Ggstz. cadere, occĭdere, occumbere), aufgehen, sich zeigen, sichtbar werden, stella oritur, Ov.: ortā luce, am Morgen, Caes.: ab orto usque ad occidentem solem, Liv.: solem atque lunam in eandem partem semper occĭdere atque oriri semper ab eadem, Lact. – dah. oriens sol, die Morgengegend, der Osten, zB. ad orientem solem spectare, nach O. liegen (v. Örtlichkeiten), Caes.; u. das Morgenland, der Osten, Cic. (vgl. oriens). – bildl., iuvenes orientes, aufstrebende, Vell. – B) übh. entstehen, entspringen, oritur tempestas, Nep.: oritur clamor, Caes.: plurimis simul locis circa forum incendium ortum, Liv.: ventus oriens, Nep.: rumor ortus, Cic. – ibi Caicus amnis oritur, Plin.: fons oritur in monte, Plin. ep.: Sagaris oritur in Phrygia, Plin.: Tigris oritur in montibus Uxiorum, Curt.: Marsyas amnis haud procul a Maeandri fontibus oriens, Liv.: Maeander ex arce summa ortus, Liv.: Rhenus oritur ex Lepontiis, Caes.: incliti amnes Caucaso monte orti, Curt.: ex eo medio quasi collis oriebatur (erhob sich, trat hervor), Sall.: officia, quae oriuntur a suo cuiusque genere virtutis, Cic.: odium certaminibus ortum, herrührend, Vell. – dah. a) geboren werden, seinen Ursprung bekommen, abstammen, in quo (solo) ortus es, Cic.: qui ab illo (Catone) ortus es, Cic.: Belgas esse ortos ab Germanis, Caes.: ex concubina ortus erat, Sall.: ex Tantalo ortus Pelops, Quint.: eā familiā ortus, Sall.: ortus ex ea familia, quae etc., Liv.: Numae nepos, filiā ortus, Liv.: sorore eius ortus, Liv.: orti Atticis, Vell.: ex eodem loco ortus, Ter.: equestri loco ortus, Cic.: regiā stirpe ortus, Curt.: pueri orientes, die geboren werden, Cic.: homo a se ortus = homo novus, der zuerst die hohen Ehrenämter in seiner Familie bekleidete, also sich selbst gleichsam die adlige Geburt gegeben hat, Cic.: si cuius oriundo sis patriae reminiscare, Boëth. cons. phil. 1, 5. – b) wachsen, hervorwachsen, uva oriens, Cic.: olea vitisque et cetera calidioribus terris oriri sueta, südlichen Gewächse, Tac. – c) anfangen, den Anfang nehmen, ab his sermo oritur, sie eröffnen das G., Cic.: oratio oriens, Cic.: nox oritur, Ov.: initium turbandi omnia a femina ortum est, Liv.: cum id malum (Unheil des Bürgerkrieges) ab Asculanis ortum esset, ausgegangen war, Vell. – / Indic. Praes. gew. nach der 3. Konjug. orior, oreris, oritur, orimur, orimini: ebenso Imperf. Coni. oreretur: Imperat. orere, Val. Max. 4, 7, 6. Vgl. Haase zu Reisigs Vorl. A. 293. Neue-Wagener Formenl.³ 3, 253 u. 254. – Part. Fut. Akt. oritūrus, Hor. ep. 2, 1, 17. Suet. Galb. 9. – Perf. vulg. orsus est, Ennod. vit. Epiph. p. 347, 23.

lateinisch-deutsches > orior

67 paratus [1]

1. parātus, a, um, PAdi. (1. paro), I) bereit, bereitstehend, in Bereitschaft (stehend od. gesetzt), 1) im allg.: domus, bereit zur Aufnahme (der Heimatlosen), Verg.: u. so sedes, Verg.: mors, vorbereiteter, Ov.: victoria, leicht gewonnener, Liv.: prompta et parata in agendo et in respondendo celeritas, Cic.: paratum id (cognomen) quidem et in medio positum (gewöhnlicher u. allbekannter), novum tamen, Plin. pan.: obvius et paratus umor occurrit, Plin. ep.: tibi erunt parata verba, huic homini verbera, Ter.: cetera, quotiescumque voletis, et hoc loco et aliis parata vobis erunt, Cic.: quos locos multā commentatione atque meditatione paratos atque expeditos habere debetis, bereit u. fertig zur Hand haben, Cic.: philosophi habent paratum (in Bereitschaft, bei der Hand), quid de quaque re dicant, Cic.: m. ad u. Akk., famulae ad talia sacra paratae, bereitstehend, angestellt, Ov. met. 14, 311. – 2) zu etw. bereit, a) v. lebl. Subjj., m. ad u. Akk., omnia sibi esse ad bellum apta ac parata, in bester Bereitschaft, Caes.: m. in u. Akk., rictus in verba paratus, zum Sprechen bereit, eben im Begriff zu sprechen, Ov.: m. Dat., parata semper appulsui frons (prorae), Tac. – b) v. Pers., zu etw. bereit, gerüstet, geneigt, bereitwillig, entschlossen, auf etw. gefaßt, animo paratus, Caes. (u. so ita sum animo paratus, ut etc., Planc. in Cic. ep.: u. ut animo parati essent in posterum [für die nächste Zukunft], Caes.): animo paratior, Auct. b. Alex.: sese esse paratos, Auct. b. Afr.: omnium esse militum paratissimos animos, Caes.: m. ad u. Akk., ad omnia mulieris negotia paratus, Cic.: paratus ad omnem eventum, Cic.: paratus ad navigandum, bereit, sich einzuschiffen, Cic.: navis parata ad navigandum, zum Auslaufen bereit, Caes.: animo ad dimicandum paratum esse, Caes. (u. so tam paratus ad dimicandum animus [hostium], ut etc., Caes.): paratiores ad omnia pericula subeunda esse, Caes.: homo ad omne facinus paratissimus, Cic.: esse ad bellum gerendum paratissimum, Caes.: m. in u. Akk., in omne obsequium, Suet., in obsequium parentis, Tac. dial.: in novas res, Tac.: m. Dat., acies parata neci, Verg.: miles paratus omni loco castris ponendis, Liv.: athleta certamini paratior, Quint.: miles ipsi adeo paratus (ergeben), ut etc., Tac.: m. Infin., id quod parati sunt facere, Cic.: se iterum paratum esse decertare, Caes.: vos servire magis quam imperare parati estis, Sall.: quod pericula subire paratissimus fueris, Cic.: m. in u. Akk. u. m. Infin. zugl., in utrumque paratus, seu versare dolos seu certae occumbere morti, Verg. – II) prägn., wohl ausgerüstet, a) eig.: wohlversehen, wohlgerüstet, kampfgerüstet, schlagfertig (oft mit instructus verb.), exercitus paratus atque instructus, Caes.: instructus paratusque, Liv.: classis instructa parataque, Liv.: instructi paratique, Liv.: parati in armis erant, Caes.: naves paratissimae atque omni genere armorum ornatissimae, Caes.: provincia omnium civitatum consensu paratissima, zum Kampf völlig gerüstet, Cic.: im Bilde, fortitudo satis est instructa, parata, armata (gewappnet) per se, Cic.: m. Abl., qui scutis telisque parati ornatique sunt, Cic.: adulescens et equitatu et peditatu et pecuniā paratus, Cic.: m. ab (von seiten) u. Abl., si paratior ab exercitu esses, wärest du besser gerüstet, Cael. in Cic. ep.: cum deûm benignitate ab omni re (in jeder Hinsicht) sumus paratiores, Planc. in Cic. ep.: m. contra u. Akk., im Bilde, optime contra fortunam paratus armatusque, gegen die Schläge des Schicksals gerüstet u. gewappnet, Cic. ep. 5, 13, 1. – b) übtr., gehörig gerüstet, vorbereitet, wohl bewandert, geschult, verb. paratus atque instructus, Cic.: paratus et meditatus, paratus meditatusque, Cic.: itane huc paratus advenis? Ter.: m. ad u. Akk., ut ad partes (zu seiner Rolle) paratus veniat, Varro: Hernicos ad partes (ihrer Rolle) paratos esse, Liv.: ad permovendos animos instructi et parati, Cic.: quo paratior ad usum forensem promptiorque esse possim, Cic.: m. in u. Akk., in suam mortem paratissimus, Sen. contr. 7, 3 (18), 3: in omnes causas paratus, Quint. 10, 5, 12: m. in u. Abl., in iure paratissimus, Cic.: homines in rebus maritimis ornatissimi paratissimique, Cic.: m. Abl., paratus simulatione, ein Meister in der Verstellung, Tac. Agr. 42.

lateinisch-deutsches > paratus [1]

68 pono

pōno, posuī, positum, ere (zsgzg. aus po [= ἀπό] u. sino, dah. auch die Kürze des o im Perf. u. Sup.), niederlassen= legen, setzen, stellen, hinlegen, hinsetzen, hinstellen, aufstellen (griech. τίθημι), konstr. m. Advv. des Ortes, mit in u. Abl. (unklass. mit in u. Akk.), mit ad, ante, sub, super u.a. Praepp., poet. u. nachaug. m. bl. Abl., und absol. (d.h. ohne Angabe des Ortes), I) im allg.: 1) eig.: a) übh.: α) lebl. Objj.: hic verbenas ponite, Hor. – litteras in sinu, in den B. stecken, Liv. fr.: anulum in sede regia, Curt.: speculum in cathedra, Phaedr.: sacra in mensa penatium ordine, Naev. fr.: coronam in caput, Gell.: oleas in solem biduum, Cato: stipitem in flammas, Ov.: in naves putidas commeatum, Cato fr.: cortinam plumbeam in lacum, Cato. – gladium ad caput (zu Häupten), Sen. – caput (Ciceronis) inter duas manus in rostris, Liv. fr.: caput alcis ante regis pedes, corpus ante ipsum, Curt. – ubicumque posuit vestigium, Cic.: vestigia in locuplete domo, Hor.; u. im Bilde, quācumque ingredimur, vestigium in aliqua historia ponimus, Cic. – pedem ubi ponat in suo (regno) non habet, Cic.; u. im Bilde, quod autem sapientia pedem ubi poneret non haberet, Cic. – p. genu, die Knie niederlassen, auf die K. fallen, niederknien, Ov., Sen. rhet., Curt. u.a. (s. Mützell Curt. 4, 6 [28], 28). – p. oscula in labellis, Prop., oscula genis, Stat. – p. scalas, ansetzen, anlegen, Caes. – ne positis quidem, sed abiectis poculis, Curt. – hastā positā pro aede Iovis Statoris, aufgesteckt (bei einer Versteigerung), Cic. – β) persönl. Objj.: posito (sanft niedergesetzt) magis rege, quam effuso (abgeworfen), Curt. – in senatu sunt positi, Cic. fr.: positi vernae circa Lares, Hor. – p. sese in curulibus sellis, Flor. – b) ein Gerät setzen, hinstellen, aufstellen, mensam, Hor.: sellam iuxta, Sall.: in tabernaculo sellam auream, Nep.: mensas totis castris, Curt.: alci mensas exstructas dapibus, Ov.: mensam prandendi gratiā, Val. Max. – p. casses, Ov. – c) hinlagern, hinstrecken, artus in litore, Verg.: corpus in ripa, Ov.: se toro, Ov.: positus inter cervicalia minutissima, Petron.: Giton super pectus meum positus, Petron.: somno positae, im Schl. hingelagert, Verg.: sic positum (vitulum) in clauso linquunt, Verg. – und auf das Totenbett hinlegen, hinbetten, toro componar positaeque det oscula frater, Ov. met. 9, 504. – u. einen Leichnam, Gebeine beisetzen, corpus, Lucr. u. ICt.: alqm, Corp. inscr. Lat. 8, 434 u. 452: alqm patriā terrā, Verg.: ossa collecta in marmorea domo, Tibull.: ossa collata in urnam auream in foro quod aedificavit sub columna posita sunt, Eutr.; vgl. Goßrau Verg. Aen. 2, 644. – d) jmdm. zu Ehren eine Bildsäule usw. aufstellen, alci statuam, Nep.: columnam Duillio in foro, Quint.: imaginem tyrannicidae in gymnasio, Quint. – bes. (wie τιθέναι) einer Gottheit als Weihgeschenk aufstellen, niederlegen, weihen, donum ex auro in aede Iovis, Liv.: coronam auream in Capitolio donum, Liv.: ex praeda tripodem aureum Delphis, Nep.: serta, Ov.: sectos fratri capillos (als Totenopfer), Ov.: poet., vota, weihen, Prop. Vgl. die Auslgg. zu Hor. carm. 3, 26, 6. Prop. 2, 11, 27. – e) etw. beim Spiele, beim Wetten als Preis setzen, einsetzen, provocat me in aleam, ut ego ludam: pono pallium, ille suum anulum opposuit, Plaut.: p. pocula fagina, Verg. – u. etwas zum Pfande setzen, meam esse vitam hic pro te positam pigneri, verpfändet, Plaut. capt. 433. – übtr. = aussetzen, caput periculo, Plaut. capt. 688. – f) als t. t. der Rechenkunst: p. calculum, τών ψηφον τιθέναι, die Rechensteinchen aufs Brett setzen, einen Ansatz machen, eine Berechnung anstellen, ut diligens ratiocinator calculo posito videt, Colum.: ponatur calculus, adsint cum tabula pueri, Iuven. – dah. im Bilde, cum imperio c. p., sich berechnen, Rechnung ablegen, Plin. pan.: cum alqa re parem calculum ponere, etwas gleichmachen, Plin. ep.: bene calculum ponere, die Sache wohl in Betrachtung ziehen, reiflich überlegen, Petron.: ebenso omnes, quos ego movi, in utraque parte calculos pone etc., Plin. ep. – g) als milit. t. t., eine Mannschaft, einen Befehlshaber mit einer Mannschaft irgendwohin legen, irgendwo aufstellen, praesidium ibi, Caes.: duas legiones in Turonis ad fines Carnutum, Caes.: legionem tuendae orae maritimae causā, Caes.: insidias contra alqm, Cic.: centuriones in statione ad praetoriam portam, Caes.: custodias circa portas, Liv. – h) jmd. an einem entfernten Orte niedersetzen, wohin versetzen, pone me ubi etc., pone sub curru solis in terra etc., Hor.: p. in aethere, Ov.: alqm in caelo, Iustin., in astris, Hyg.: modo me Thebis modo ponit Athenis, Hor. – i) eine Bekanntmachung öffentlich aufstellen, anschlagen, erlassen, edictum, Tac. ann. 1, 7: positis propalam libellis, durch öffentliche Anschläge, ibid. 4, 27. – k) schriftlich hinsetzen, α) übh.: signa novis praeceptis, sich die n. L. anmerken, niederschreiben (ὑποσημειοῦσθαι), Hor. sat. 2, 4, 2. – β) anführen, verba eius haec posuit, Gell. 6 (7), 9, 12: et ipsos quidem versus in libro, quo dixi positos, legat, Gell. 6 (7), 16, 3: ex quibus unum (testimonium), quod prae manibus est, ponemus, Gell. 5, 13, 3. – l) im Partic. Perf. Pass. positus, a, um, α) hingelegt, hingefallen, p. nix, Hor.: positae pruinae, Prop.: p. ros, p. carbunculus, Plin. – β) v. Örtlichkeiten = situs, wo gelegen, liegend, befindlich, Roma in montibus posita, Cic.: Delos in Aegaeo mari p., Cic.: portus ex adverso urbi p., Liv.: tumulus opportune ad id p., Liv.

2) übtr.: a) übh. legen, setzen, stellen, pone ante oculos laetitiam senatus, Cic.: alqd p. paene in conspectu, Cic.: alqd sub uno aspectu, Cic. – in ullo fortunae gradu positus, v. Pers., Curt.: haud multum infra magnitudinis tuae fastigium positus (Parmenio), Curt.: artes infra se positae, Hor. – caput suum p. periculo, in G. geben, Plaut. – ponendus est ille ambitus, non abiciendus, ihren ruhigen Gang bis zu Ende nehmen lassen, Cic. – b) jmd. od. etw. in irgendeinen Zustand setzen, bringen, alqm eodem ponere et parare, gleich daneben stellen u. vergleichen, Plaut.: alqm in crimen populo atque infamiam, jmdm. verleumderische Nachrede beim Volke zuziehen (v. einem Versprechen), Plaut.: alqm p. in gratia ( selten in gratiam) apud alqm, Cic.: alqm in culpa et suspicione, schuldig u. verdächtig machen, Cic.: in laude positum esse, im Besitze des Ruhmes sein, Cic. – c) etw, in etw. od. jmd. setzen, auf etw. bauen, -beruhenlassen, omnem spem salutis in virtute, Caes.: in Pompeio omnem spem otii, Cic.: unum communis salutis auxilium in celeritate, Caes. – sed quoniam tantum in ea arte ponitis (so viel gebt, so großes Gewicht legt), videte, ne etc., Cic.: u. so multum in suorum misericordia p., Curt. – dah. im Passiv, positum esse in alqa re = auf etw. beruhen, begründet sein, sich stützen, ankommen, in spe, Cic.: in alcis liberalitate, Cic. – d) eine Zeit od. eine Tätigkeit usw. auf etw. verwenden, totum diem in consideranda causa, Cic.: Quintilem (mensem) in reditu, Cic. – omnem curam in siderum cognitione, Cic.: totum animum atque omnem curam, operam diligentiamque suam in petitione, Cic.: se totum in contemplandis rebus, versenken, Cic. – e) etw. od. jmd. unter eine Klasse setzen, rechnen, zählen, alqd in vitiis, Nep.: mortem in malis, Cic.: alqm inter veteres, Hor.: inter quos me ipse dubia in re poni malim, Liv. 29, 25, 2: si medicus me inter eos, quos perambulat, ponit, mich unter seine Patienten rechnet, Sen. de ben. 6, 16, 6. – u. gleichs. in eine Rubrik setzen, etwas für das u. das ansehen, halten, alqd in laude, in magna laude, Cic.: alqd in beneficii loco, Cic.: Africam in tertia parte. Sall.: id C. Norbano in nefario crimine atque in fraude capitali, Cic.: hoc metuere, alterum in metu non p., für bedenklich halten, Poet. b. Cic. ad Att. 12, 51, 3; 14, 21, 3; top. 55: haud in magno discrimine ponere, kein großes Gewicht darauf legen, Liv.: ponere in dubio (in Zweifel stellen), utrum... an, Liv.: id ne pro certo ponerem (für gewiß annehmen), Piso effecit, Liv.: alqm alci in aequo ponere, jmdm. gleichstellen, Liv. – und wie θέσθαι m. dopp. Acc. u. im Passiv m. dopp. Nom. = jmd. od. etwas ansehen, halten für usw., p. alqm principem, Cic. u. Nep.: quae omnia infamia ponuntur, Nep.: nemo ei par ponitur, Nep. – f) etw. schriftl. setzen, hersetzen, hinsetzen, anführen, äußern, bemerken, sagen, ipsa enim (verba), sicut Messalae, posui, Suet.: quapropter tanta in re ipsius Heminae verba ponam, Plin.: de arrogatione me dixeram aliqua positurum, Vopisc.: cuius pauca exempla posui, Cic.: p. inter causas suffragationis suae, Suet.: ut paulo ante posui, Cic.: ponam in extremo quid sentiam, Cic.: hoc ipsum elegantius poni meliusque potuit, Cic.: quod nunc communiter in sepultis ponitur, ut humati dicantur, Cic.: cum in eis haec posuisset, Nep.: quam (epistulam) ipsam melius est ponere, quam de ea plurimum dicere, Vopisc.: ponere vocabulum malā significatione, Donat. – dah. ponor ad scribendum, man setzt mich (meinen Namen) bei Abfassung der Senatsbeschlüsse mit hin, Cic. ep. 9, 15, 4.

II) prägn.: A) schaffend legen, setzen, hinsetzen, aufstellen, aufführen, errichten, anlegen, gründen, 1) eig.: a) v. Bau-, Werkmeister usw.: fundamenta, ICt.: tropaeum, Nep.: opus, Ov.: aras, templa, Verg.: moenia Troiae, Ov.: urbem, Verg.: castella, Tac.: Byzantium in extrema Europa, Tac.: in ipso cubiculo poni tabernaculum iussit, das Badezelt aufschlagen, Sen. – als milit. t. t., p. castra (ein Lager aufschlagen) in proximo colle, Caes., loco iniquo, Caes., sub radicibus montis, ad amnem, Curt. – p. munimenta manu, Curt. – b) v. Künstler (Bildhauer, Maler), setzen, anbringen, darstellen, Orphea in medio silvasque sequentes, Verg.: ponere totum nescire, ein Ganzes hinstellen, darstellen, Hor. – si Venerem Cous nusquam posuisset Apelles, Ov. – hic saxo, liquidis ille coloribus sollers nunc hominem ponere, nunc deum, Hor. – c) v. Dichter, hinstellen, darstellen, nec ponere lucum artifices, Pers. 1, 70; vgl. pone Tigellinum, führe (dem Zuhörer) naturgetreu vor, Iuven. 1, 155.

2) übtr.: a) übh. legen, setzen, quorum omnium virtutum fundamenta in voluptate tamquam in aqua ponitis, Cic.: his fundamentis positis consulatus tui, Cic.: ponere initia male, Cic.: ponere spem, seine Hoffnung darauf setzen, m. folg. Acc. u. Infin., Plaut. capt. 957. – b) feststellen, aufstellen, bestimmen, leges in conviviis, Cic.: iura p. (griech. νομοθετειν), Prop.: festos laetosque ritus, Tac.; vgl. mores viris et moenia, Verg.: p. pretium, einen Preis bestimmen, auswerfen, Sen.: u. so huic signo milia centum, den Preis von 100000, Hor.: p. praemium, eine Belohnung aufstellen, auswerfen, verheißen, Sall., Liv. u.a. (s. Drak. Liv. 39, 17, 1): Olympiada, eine Ol. ansetzen, festsetzen, Cic. – p. alci od. alci rei nomen ( wie ονομα θειναί τινι), einen Namen gleichs. feststellen, beilegen, Cic. u.a. – p. rationem, Rechnung aufstellen, ablegen, Suet.; vgl. p. rationem cum Orco, Rechnung halten mit usw., Cic. – c) als feststehend aufstellen, annehmen, behaupten (nicht »voraussetzen«, s. Jordan Cic. Caecin. 32. p. 195), duo genera ponunt, deorum alterum, alterum hominum, Cic.: alii elementa novem posuerunt, Quint.: sed positum sit primum nosmet ipsos commendatos esse nobis, Cic. – m. dopp. Acc., als das u. das annehmen, vitae brevis signa raros dentes, Plin.: im Passiv m. dopp. Nom., si ponatur adulter caecus, aleator pauper, Quint. – d) ein Thema zur Besprechung stellen, aufstellen, bestimmen, quaestiunculam, Cic.: quaestionem, Phaedr. u. Sen.: p. aliquid, ad quod audiam, volo, Cic.: materia, in qua ponitur tibicen, qui etc., Quint. – u. absol. = eine oder die Frage stellen, ponere iubebam, de quo quis audire vellet, Cic.: p. an etc., Sen. – e) jmd. in ein Amt, in eine Würde, Stellung (als Aufseher, Richter, Kläger) setzen, aufstellen, einsetzen, anstellen, alci custodem, Caes.: alci accusatorem, Cael. in Cic. ep.: satis idoneum officii sui iudicem, Cic. – u. m. dopp. Acc., alqm custodem in frumento publico, Cic.: alqm imperatorem Numidis, Sall.: alqm principem in bello, Nep. – m. super u. Akk., super armamentarium positus, Curt. 6, 7 (27), 22: puer super hoc positus officium, Petron. 56, 8.

B) zum Genießen eine Speise, ein Getränk auftragen, vorsetzen (klass. apponere), globos melle unguito, papaver infriato, ponito, Cato: p. pavonem, merulas, Hor.: p. unctum, einen Leckerbissen, Hor.: invitas ad aprum, ponis mihi porcum, Mart.: ceteris vilia et minuta ponebat, Plin. ep.: da Trebio, pone ad Trebium, Iuven. – vinum, Petron.: merum in gemma, Ov.: quis posuit secretam in auro dapem? Sen.: alci venenum cum cibo, Liv.: alci in patina liquidam sorbitionem, Phaedr.

C) als t. t. des Landbaues: 1) pflanzend usw. setzen, einsetzen, stecken, piros, Verg.: arborem, Hor.: vitem, Colum.: vitem ordine, Ambros. – semina (Pflanzen), Verg.: panicum et milium, Colum. – 2) eine Frucht zur Aufbewahrung hinlegen, einlegen (klass. reponere), p. in horreis, Pallad.: sorba lecta duriora et posita, Pallad. D) als publiz. t. t., etw. irgendwo zur Verwahrung niederlegen, hinterlegen, tabulas testamenti in aerario, Caes. b. c. 3, 108, 4: compositio publicis bibliothecis posita, Scrib. Larg. 97: pecuniam apud tutorem, ICt.: apparatum sive impensam in publico, ICt.

E) als t. t. der Geschäftssprache, ein Kapital auf Zinsen anlegen (vgl. die Auslgg. zu Hor. epod. 2, 70 u. zu Hor. ep. 1, 18, 111), pecuniam in praedio, Cic., apud alqm, Cic.: pecuniam kalendis, Hor.: dives positis in fenore nummis, Hor. – übtr., otia recte, Hor.: beneficium apud alqm, bene apud alqm, Cic.: munus bene apud alqm, Liv.

F) als t. t. der Toilettensprache, das Haar legen, zurechtlegen, ordnen, p. comas in statione, Ov.: positi sine lege et sine arte capilli, Ov.: ponendis in mille modos perfecta capillis, Ov.

G) eine Aufregung in der Natur sich legen machen (Ggstz. tollere), tollere seu ponere vult freta (v. Windgott Notus), Hor.: magnos cum ponunt aequora motus, Prop. – dah. refl., ponere, sich legen, v. Winden, Verg., Ov. u. Gell. (s. Goßrau Verg. Aen. 7, 27): u. so auch positi flatus, Min. Fel.

H) niederlegen, von sich legen, fortlegen, ablegen, weglegen, ab-, wegwerfen (Ggstz. sumere), 1) eig.: a) übh.: velamina de tenero corpore, Ov.: e corpore pennas, Ov.: librum de manibus, Cic. – vestem, tunicam, Cic.: sarcinam, Petron.: barbam, Suet.: insignia morbi, fasciolas, cubital, focalia, Hor.: librum, aus der Hand legen, Cic.: semen, Verg.: coronam luctus gratiā, Cic.: nec sumit aut ponit secures arbitrio popularis aurae, Hor. – als milit. t. t., p. arma, die Waffen niederlegen, ablegen, Cic. u.a., u. (v. sich Unterwerfenden) = die W. strecken, Caes. u.a. (s. Drak. Liv. 6, 10, 5). – b) v. weibl. Wesen, die Leibesfrucht ablegen, v. Frauen, positum est uteri onus, Ov. – v. der Sau, werfen, fetum ad imam cavernam, Phaedr. – v. Vögeln, legen, p. pauca ova, Colum.: p. ova in saepibus, Ov.

2) übtr., ablegen, von sich tun, entfernen, fahren lassen, aufgeben (Ggstz. sumere, suscipere), bellum, Sall. u.a.: vitam, Cic. u.a.: triumviri nomen, Tac. – vitia, Cic.: amores cum praetexta toga, Cic.: inimicitias, Cael. b. Cic.: discordias, Tac.: dolorem, Cic.: curam et aegritudinem, Cic.: curas externorum periculorum, Liv.: omnes aliarum rerum curas, Liv.: metum, Ov. u. Plin. ep.: animos feroces, Liv.: ferocia corda, Verg.: vitae mortisque consilium vel suscipere vel ponere, Plin. ep. – poet., moras, Verg. – als milit. t. t. u. übtr., p. tirocinium, rudimentum, zurücklegen, ablegen, Liv. u.a. – u. als publiz. t. t., eine Würde niederlegen (klass. deponere), posito magistratu (Ggstz. quamdiu in magistratu est), ICt.

3) als naut. t. t., Anker werfen, ancoris positis terrae applicare naves, Liv. 28, 17, 13.

/ Archaist. Perf. poseivei, Corp. inscr. Lat. 1, 551. lin. 3: posivi, Plaut. Pseud. 1281: posivit u. posibit, Act. fr. arv. a. 27, f.: posivt (so!), Corp. inscr. Lat. 3, 2208 u. 4367: possivit, ibid. 7, 579 u. 656: posivimus, Plaut. vidul. fr. 6 Stud. ( bei Prisc. 10, 37): posiverunt, Corp. inscr. Lat. 3, 6442. Cato r. r. praef. § 1. Cic. Tusc. 5, 83: posivere, Itin. Alex. 2 (3): posiveris, Plaut. trin. 145. Cato r. r. 4: posieit, Corp. inscr. Lat. 9, 3049 u. 3267: posiit, Corp. inscr. Lat. 5, 2575 u. 7, 574: posit od. posIt, Corp. inscr. Lat. 1, 1282. 1298. 1436 u.a.: possit, Corp. inscr. Lat. 2, 2712: poseit, ibid. 1, 1281 u. 1283: posierunt, ibid. 1, 1284. 3, 860: posiere, ibid. 5, 2714: posier(e), Corp. inscr. Lat. 13, 5282. Vgl. Georges Lexik. der lat. Wortf., S. 539. – Synkop. Partiz. Perf. postus, Lucr. 1, 1059; 3, 855 u.a. Sil. 13, 553. Ter. Maur. 2905.

lateinisch-deutsches > pono

69 sermo

[ABCU]A - sermo, sermōnis, m.: [st1]1 [-] conversation, entretien, causerie; qqf. sujet d'entretien.    - sermonem cum aliquo conferre (habere): s'entretenir avec qqn.    - esse in ore, in sermone omnium, Cic. Phil. 10: être le sujet de toutes les conversations.    - sermo litterarum, Cic.: commerce épistolaire    - deflexit sermo ad... Cic.: la conversation tourna sur...    - incidimus in sermonem alicujus, Cic.: notre conversation tomba sur qqn.    - quoniam princeps Crassus ejus sermonis ordiendi fuit, Cic.: puisque Crassus a entamé ce sujet...    - exiguo sermone fores, Prop.: on parlerait peu de toi.    - in istum sermonem delabi: venir à parler de cela.    - multa inter sese vario sermone serebant, Virg. En. 6: leur conversation roulait sur plusieurs sujets.    - in sermonem hominum venire, Cic.: devenir le sujet des conversations.    - inter eos tu sermo es, Prop. 2, 21: tu fais l'objet de leurs conversations. [st1]2 [-] conversation savante, entretien philosophique, dialogue littéraire, discussion.    - feci sermonem inter nos habitum, Cic. Fam. 9: j'ai rédigé notre discussion.    - sermones Platonis, Quint.: les dialogues de Platon.    - Scaevola exposuit nobis sermonem Laelii de amicitiâ habitum ab illo secum, Cic. Lael. 1: Scévola nous rapporta ce que Lélius avait dit de l'amitié avec lui.    - Socratici sermones, Hor. C. 3: la doctrine de Socrate (enseignée par ses entretiens). [st1]3 [-] ton de la conversation, style familier, langage usuel; prose, ouvrage en vers qui se rapproche de la prose (satire, épître).    - contentio et sermo, Cic.: le discours soutenu et la conversation.    - sermonis plenus orator, Cic. Brut. 68: orateur d'une abondance familière.    - sermo merus, Hor. S. 1: de la prose toute pure.    - sermoni proximus, Quint.: qui se rapproche du ton de la conversation.    - alterni sermones, Hor.: dialogue (de la comédie). [st1]4 [-] rumeur publique, bruit qui court, mauvais propos, médisances.    - sermo est totā Asiā dissipatus, Cic. Fl. 6: le bruit s'est répandu dans toute l'Asie.    - sermones reprimere, Cic.: faire cesser les propos.    - sermones lacessere, Cic.: lancer des bruits.    - dabimus sermonem iis, qui, Cic. Fam. 9: nous donnerons prise à la médisance de ceux qui...    - ne putet aliquid sermonis in sese quaesitum, Cic. Fl. 5: qu'il ne s'imagine pas que j'aie cherché à le décrier.    - ille, sermo illius temporis, Cic. Rab. Post. 14: lui, la fable de ses contemporains. [st1]5 [-] discours public, harangue.    - sermo quem habui apud municipes meos, Plin.-jn.: le discours que j'ai prononcé dans ma ville natale.    - ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones mei habiti, Cic. Fam. 3: le langage que j'ai tenu comme magistrat et comme particulier.    - sermo circa rura est, Plin.: je traite de l'agriculture. [st1]6 [-] langage, diction, langue, idiome, façon de parler, paroles.    - sermo humanus, Plin.: le langage des hommes.    - animalia quae sermone carent, Quint.: les animaux dépourvus de la parole.    - elegantia sermōnis, Cic.: élégance du style.    - Graeco sermone, Cic.: en grec.    - ingenium illi concessit, sermonem objecit, Sen.-rh.: il lui accorda le talent mais lui refusa le beau langage.    - accipi debet hic sermo, ac si... Dig. 7, 1, 20: on doit entendre cette expression dans le sens de...    - vulgi sermone, Dig.: dans la langue usuelle. [st1]7 [-] le Verbe (Tert. et Prud.) [ABCU]B - Sermo, Sermōnis, m.: Sermo (surnom romain).
* * *
[ABCU]A - sermo, sermōnis, m.: [st1]1 [-] conversation, entretien, causerie; qqf. sujet d'entretien.    - sermonem cum aliquo conferre (habere): s'entretenir avec qqn.    - esse in ore, in sermone omnium, Cic. Phil. 10: être le sujet de toutes les conversations.    - sermo litterarum, Cic.: commerce épistolaire    - deflexit sermo ad... Cic.: la conversation tourna sur...    - incidimus in sermonem alicujus, Cic.: notre conversation tomba sur qqn.    - quoniam princeps Crassus ejus sermonis ordiendi fuit, Cic.: puisque Crassus a entamé ce sujet...    - exiguo sermone fores, Prop.: on parlerait peu de toi.    - in istum sermonem delabi: venir à parler de cela.    - multa inter sese vario sermone serebant, Virg. En. 6: leur conversation roulait sur plusieurs sujets.    - in sermonem hominum venire, Cic.: devenir le sujet des conversations.    - inter eos tu sermo es, Prop. 2, 21: tu fais l'objet de leurs conversations. [st1]2 [-] conversation savante, entretien philosophique, dialogue littéraire, discussion.    - feci sermonem inter nos habitum, Cic. Fam. 9: j'ai rédigé notre discussion.    - sermones Platonis, Quint.: les dialogues de Platon.    - Scaevola exposuit nobis sermonem Laelii de amicitiâ habitum ab illo secum, Cic. Lael. 1: Scévola nous rapporta ce que Lélius avait dit de l'amitié avec lui.    - Socratici sermones, Hor. C. 3: la doctrine de Socrate (enseignée par ses entretiens). [st1]3 [-] ton de la conversation, style familier, langage usuel; prose, ouvrage en vers qui se rapproche de la prose (satire, épître).    - contentio et sermo, Cic.: le discours soutenu et la conversation.    - sermonis plenus orator, Cic. Brut. 68: orateur d'une abondance familière.    - sermo merus, Hor. S. 1: de la prose toute pure.    - sermoni proximus, Quint.: qui se rapproche du ton de la conversation.    - alterni sermones, Hor.: dialogue (de la comédie). [st1]4 [-] rumeur publique, bruit qui court, mauvais propos, médisances.    - sermo est totā Asiā dissipatus, Cic. Fl. 6: le bruit s'est répandu dans toute l'Asie.    - sermones reprimere, Cic.: faire cesser les propos.    - sermones lacessere, Cic.: lancer des bruits.    - dabimus sermonem iis, qui, Cic. Fam. 9: nous donnerons prise à la médisance de ceux qui...    - ne putet aliquid sermonis in sese quaesitum, Cic. Fl. 5: qu'il ne s'imagine pas que j'aie cherché à le décrier.    - ille, sermo illius temporis, Cic. Rab. Post. 14: lui, la fable de ses contemporains. [st1]5 [-] discours public, harangue.    - sermo quem habui apud municipes meos, Plin.-jn.: le discours que j'ai prononcé dans ma ville natale.    - ex superiore et ex aequo loco sermones mei habiti, Cic. Fam. 3: le langage que j'ai tenu comme magistrat et comme particulier.    - sermo circa rura est, Plin.: je traite de l'agriculture. [st1]6 [-] langage, diction, langue, idiome, façon de parler, paroles.    - sermo humanus, Plin.: le langage des hommes.    - animalia quae sermone carent, Quint.: les animaux dépourvus de la parole.    - elegantia sermōnis, Cic.: élégance du style.    - Graeco sermone, Cic.: en grec.    - ingenium illi concessit, sermonem objecit, Sen.-rh.: il lui accorda le talent mais lui refusa le beau langage.    - accipi debet hic sermo, ac si... Dig. 7, 1, 20: on doit entendre cette expression dans le sens de...    - vulgi sermone, Dig.: dans la langue usuelle. [st1]7 [-] le Verbe (Tert. et Prud.) [ABCU]B - Sermo, Sermōnis, m.: Sermo (surnom romain).
* * *

    Sermo, sermonis, masc. gen. Cic. Parolle, Langage.

\

    Sermo et colloquutio. Cic. Propos et devis, Pourparlement.

\

    Sermo est de te. Cic. On parle de toy.

\

    Nullus mihi omnino cum illo sermo vlla vnquam de re fuit. Cic. Je ne parlay jamais à luy de rien qui fust.

\

    In sermone. Trebonius Ciceroni. En parlant ensemble.

\

    In sermonibus. Cic. En propos communs et devis.

\

    Hac vice sermonum roseis Aurora quadrigis, etc. Virgil. Pendant ce pourparlement et interlocution, le soleil, etc.

\

    Nec caput, nec pes sermonis apparet. Plautus. Il n'y a ne fin ne commencement.

\

    Doctus sermonis vtriusque linguae. Horat. Scavant en Grec et en Latin.

\

    Necdum sermonum stet honos, et gratia viuax. Horat. Non seulement la beauté et grace des mots et manieres de parler, dont on a long temps usé, ne sera point perdurable.

\

    Fideles sermones. Catullus. Ausquels on doibt croire et adjouster foy.

\

    Patrius sermo. Lucret. Le langage de mon pays.

\

    Pedestris. Horat. Langage de style bas.

\

    Dignum sermone aliquid agere. Horat. Digne qu'on en parle.

\

    Conferre sermonem cum aliquo. Cic. Parler ensemble.

\

    Delabi in aliquem sermonem. Cic. Tomber sur quelque propos.

\

    Differre aliquid sermonibus. Liu. Divulguer, Semer par tout.

\

    Sermo est tota Asia dissipatus, Cn. Pompeium, etc. Cic. Le bruit est par toute l'Asie que, etc.

\

    Sermo datus per ciuitatem. Liu. Un bruit semé par la ville.

\

    Dare sermonem alicui. Cic. Luy bailler occasion de mesdire.

\

    Habere sermonem. Cic. Parler et deviser avec aucun, Tenir propos avec luy, Pourparler avec luy.

\

    Primus annus habuit de hac reprehensione plurimum sermonis. Cic. Il fut beaucoup parlé la premiere annee de, etc.

\

    Instituere sermonem cum aliquo. Cicero. Commencer à parler avec luy.

\

    Mittere aliquem in fabulas et sermones. Quintil. Faire qu'on parle de luy, et qu'on s'en moque, que chascun en tienne ses comptes.

\

    Medio viri sermone profari. Sil. Interrompre le propos d'aucun, Parler entredeux et parmi.

\

    Rumpere sermone silentia. Ouid. Commencer à parler.

\

    - per vrbem solus sermo est omnibus, Eum velle amicam liberare. Plaut. Parmi la ville chascun ne parle d'autre chose, sinon, etc.

\

    Mihi sermo est apud deos. Cic. Je parle devant les dieux.

\

    Multi sermonis sunt ista. Cic. Le propos est long.

\

    Sermo est eum, etc. Plin. On dit, le bruit est que, etc.

\

    Multus est sermo me iudicium iam de causa publica fecisse. Cic. Il est grand bruit que je, etc.

\

    Suscipere sermonem. Quintil. Prendre la parolle.

\

    Venire in sermonem hominum. Cic. Faire parler de soy.

Dictionarium latinogallicum > sermo

70 sumo

sūmo, ĕre, sumpsi, sumptum - tr. -    - inf. pf. sync. sumpse, Naev. Com. 97 ==== arch. suremit = sumpsit; surempsit = sumpserit P. Fest. 299, 2; Fest. 298, 9. [st1]1 [-] prendre, se saisir de, s'approprier, revêtir (un costume); emprunter.    - sumere vas in manus, Cic.: prendre un vase dans ses mains.    - sumere aliquid in manus, Quint.: prendre qqch en main.    - sumere pomum de lance, Ov.: prendre un fruit dans le plat.    - sumere virilem togam: prendre la toge virile.    - pecuniam (mutuam) sumere: emprunter de l'argent, faire un emprunt.    - sumpsi hoc mihi ut... Cic.: j'ai pris la liberté de...    - sumere supplicium de aliquo: infliger un supplice à qqn.    - sumere poenam ex aliquo, Virg.: infliger une peine à qqn.    - sumi venustate alicujus, Apul.: s'éprendre de la beauté de qqn.    - sumere orationem, Cic.: entrer en matière. [st1]2 [-] prendre pour soi, prendre de préférence, adopter, choisir; acheter.    - sumere personam, Hor.: jouer un personnage.    - vultum ab ore alicujus sumere, Stat.: composer son visage sur celui d'un autre.    - sumere litteras ab aliquo ad aliquem: se faire donner une lettre de qqn pour qqn.    - plus minusve ex fortuna sumere, Tac.: demander plus ou moins à la fortune.    - laudem a crimine sumit, Ov. M. 6: tirer gloire de son crime.    - sumpsimus Capuam, Cic. Fam. 16, 11, 3: nous avons choisi Capoue.    - sumere aliquem monitorem, Sall. J. 85, 10: prendre qqn pour conseiller.    - aliquem ducem sumere: prendre qqn pour chef.    - sumere liberos, Sall. J. 10, 8: adopter des enfants.    - quis te mala sumere cogit? Ov. Tr. 5: qui t'oblige à choisir de mauvais vers?    - legatis respondit diem se ad deliberandum sumpturum, Caes. BG. 1: il répondit aux envoyés qu’il allait s'accorder un délai pour réfléchir.    - sumite materiam vestris aequam viribus, Hor. A. P.: choisissez un sujet proportionné à vos forces.    - sumere parvo, Hor.: acheter à vil prix. [st1]3 [-] prendre (dans un certain but), appliquer, employer, consumer, dépenser.    - sumere frustra laborem, Caes. B. G. 3: se fatiguer en vain.    - minus sumptum est sex minis, Plaut.: on a dépensé moins de six mines.    - quoad perventum est eo, quo sumpta navis est, non domini est navis, sed navigantium, Cic. Off. 3: jusqu'à ce qu'on soit arrivé là où on a loué le navire, celui-ci appartient non au maître mais aux passagers. [st1]4 [-] entreprendre, assumer, se charger de, prendre sur soi, s'arroger.    - sumere sibi aliquid: s'attribuer qqch, s'arroger qqch, se charger de qqch.    - omne bellum sumi facile, ceterum aegerrime desinere, Sall. J. 83: il est facile d'entreprendre la guerre, très difficile d'y mettre fin.    - quem virum aut heroa sumis celebrare, Clio? Hor. C. 1: quel homme ou quel héros entreprends-tu de chanter, Clio?    - quis sibi res gestas Augusti scribere sumit? Hor. Ep. 1: qui se charge d'écrire les actions d'Auguste?    - vultus sumit acerbos, Ov. Tr. 5: (la Fortune) prend un air sévère.    - antiquos mores sumere, Liv.: s'approprier les moeurs antiques.    - ne imperatorias sibi partes sumpsisse videretur, Caes. BC. 3: de peur de paraître s'arroger le rôle de général.    - mihi non sumo ut putem... Cic.: je n'ai pas la prétention de croire...    - hoc tibi sumis + prop. inf.: tu as la prétention de... [st1]5 [-] poser comme principe, supposer, soutenir.    - ea sumere ad concluendum quae... Cic.: établir sa conclusion sur ce qui...    - beatos esse deos sumpsisti, Cic.: tu as posé comme principe que les dieux sont heureux.    - quae sumpta sunt, Cic.: les prémisses d'un syllogisme.    - pro non dubio sumebant quae... Liv.: ils admettaient comme certain que...    - unum hoc sumo, quod... Cic.: j'avance ce seul fait que...    - sumere argumenti loco: admettre comme preuve. [st1]6 [-] nommer, citer.    - homines notos sumere odiosum est, Cic. Am.: il est fâcheux de citer des hommes connus.    - aliquid sumere illustrius, Cic.: citer qqch de plus illustre.    - voir sumptus
* * *
sūmo, ĕre, sumpsi, sumptum - tr. -    - inf. pf. sync. sumpse, Naev. Com. 97 ==== arch. suremit = sumpsit; surempsit = sumpserit P. Fest. 299, 2; Fest. 298, 9. [st1]1 [-] prendre, se saisir de, s'approprier, revêtir (un costume); emprunter.    - sumere vas in manus, Cic.: prendre un vase dans ses mains.    - sumere aliquid in manus, Quint.: prendre qqch en main.    - sumere pomum de lance, Ov.: prendre un fruit dans le plat.    - sumere virilem togam: prendre la toge virile.    - pecuniam (mutuam) sumere: emprunter de l'argent, faire un emprunt.    - sumpsi hoc mihi ut... Cic.: j'ai pris la liberté de...    - sumere supplicium de aliquo: infliger un supplice à qqn.    - sumere poenam ex aliquo, Virg.: infliger une peine à qqn.    - sumi venustate alicujus, Apul.: s'éprendre de la beauté de qqn.    - sumere orationem, Cic.: entrer en matière. [st1]2 [-] prendre pour soi, prendre de préférence, adopter, choisir; acheter.    - sumere personam, Hor.: jouer un personnage.    - vultum ab ore alicujus sumere, Stat.: composer son visage sur celui d'un autre.    - sumere litteras ab aliquo ad aliquem: se faire donner une lettre de qqn pour qqn.    - plus minusve ex fortuna sumere, Tac.: demander plus ou moins à la fortune.    - laudem a crimine sumit, Ov. M. 6: tirer gloire de son crime.    - sumpsimus Capuam, Cic. Fam. 16, 11, 3: nous avons choisi Capoue.    - sumere aliquem monitorem, Sall. J. 85, 10: prendre qqn pour conseiller.    - aliquem ducem sumere: prendre qqn pour chef.    - sumere liberos, Sall. J. 10, 8: adopter des enfants.    - quis te mala sumere cogit? Ov. Tr. 5: qui t'oblige à choisir de mauvais vers?    - legatis respondit diem se ad deliberandum sumpturum, Caes. BG. 1: il répondit aux envoyés qu’il allait s'accorder un délai pour réfléchir.    - sumite materiam vestris aequam viribus, Hor. A. P.: choisissez un sujet proportionné à vos forces.    - sumere parvo, Hor.: acheter à vil prix. [st1]3 [-] prendre (dans un certain but), appliquer, employer, consumer, dépenser.    - sumere frustra laborem, Caes. B. G. 3: se fatiguer en vain.    - minus sumptum est sex minis, Plaut.: on a dépensé moins de six mines.    - quoad perventum est eo, quo sumpta navis est, non domini est navis, sed navigantium, Cic. Off. 3: jusqu'à ce qu'on soit arrivé là où on a loué le navire, celui-ci appartient non au maître mais aux passagers. [st1]4 [-] entreprendre, assumer, se charger de, prendre sur soi, s'arroger.    - sumere sibi aliquid: s'attribuer qqch, s'arroger qqch, se charger de qqch.    - omne bellum sumi facile, ceterum aegerrime desinere, Sall. J. 83: il est facile d'entreprendre la guerre, très difficile d'y mettre fin.    - quem virum aut heroa sumis celebrare, Clio? Hor. C. 1: quel homme ou quel héros entreprends-tu de chanter, Clio?    - quis sibi res gestas Augusti scribere sumit? Hor. Ep. 1: qui se charge d'écrire les actions d'Auguste?    - vultus sumit acerbos, Ov. Tr. 5: (la Fortune) prend un air sévère.    - antiquos mores sumere, Liv.: s'approprier les moeurs antiques.    - ne imperatorias sibi partes sumpsisse videretur, Caes. BC. 3: de peur de paraître s'arroger le rôle de général.    - mihi non sumo ut putem... Cic.: je n'ai pas la prétention de croire...    - hoc tibi sumis + prop. inf.: tu as la prétention de... [st1]5 [-] poser comme principe, supposer, soutenir.    - ea sumere ad concluendum quae... Cic.: établir sa conclusion sur ce qui...    - beatos esse deos sumpsisti, Cic.: tu as posé comme principe que les dieux sont heureux.    - quae sumpta sunt, Cic.: les prémisses d'un syllogisme.    - pro non dubio sumebant quae... Liv.: ils admettaient comme certain que...    - unum hoc sumo, quod... Cic.: j'avance ce seul fait que...    - sumere argumenti loco: admettre comme preuve. [st1]6 [-] nommer, citer.    - homines notos sumere odiosum est, Cic. Am.: il est fâcheux de citer des hommes connus.    - aliquid sumere illustrius, Cic.: citer qqch de plus illustre.    - voir sumptus
* * *

    Sumo, sumis, sumpsi, sumptum, sumere. Sallust. Prendre.

\

    Sumere e medio. Scaeuola. Emporter.

\

    Sumpta est eo nauis. Cic. Pour aller jusques là.

\

    Sumere sibi aliquid. Cicero. Se vanter de povoir faire quelque chose.

\

    Non mihi tantum sumo. Cicero. Je ne me vante pas de povoir tant faire.

\

    Hoc mihi sumpsi, vt id a te peterem. Cic. Je me suis ingeré de, etc. Je me suis enhardi de, etc. J'ay entreprins.

\

    Mihi pro meo iure sumo. Cic. Je me l'attribue, et le puis tresbien faire, J'ay droict de ce faire.

\

    Sumere alicunde. Terent. Emprunter.

\

    Sumere in re aliqua. Plaut. Employer et despendre.

\

    Meminero me non sumpsisse quem accusarem, sed recepisse quos defenderem. Cic. Il me souviendra de n'avoir point choisi qui j'accuseroye, ou Que je n'ay pas de moymesme et de mon propre motif ou authorité prins la charge d'accuser aucun, mais, etc.

\

    Sumat aliquem ex populo. Sallust. Eslise, Choisisse.

\

    Animum sumere. Ouid. Prendre courage.

\

    Sumere aquam e puteo. Plaut. Puiser, Tirer de l'eaue.

\

    Arbitrium sumere. Cic. Prendre arbitre.

\

    Bellum sumere. Plin. Entreprendre une guerre et l'encommencer.

\

    Beneficium sumere. Plaut. Recevoir un plaisir.

\

    Confidentiam sumere. Plaut. S'enhardir, Se confier.

\

    Consilia sumere in aliquam rem. Plin. iunior. Se conseiller, Demander conseil.

\

    Curam sumere. Plin. iunior. Prendre soing.

\

    Diem sumere. Caes. Cic. Prendre jour.

\

    Diem hilarem sumere. Terent. S'esjouir toute une journee, Passer une journee en toute joye.

\

    Exordia sumere. Virgil. Commencer.

\

    Ientaculum sumere. Martial. Desjeuner.

\

    Imaginem alicuius sumere. Plaut. Prendre l'habit d'aucun.

\

    Initium sumere. Cic. Prendre commencement, Commencer.

\

    Iudicem sumere de controuersia. Brutus ad Ciceronem. Prendre pour arbitre, et s'accorder à luy, Le faire son juge.

\

    Iudicium sibi sumere. Caesar. Entreprendre juger de ce qu'un plus grand que nous a desja jugé, Entreprendre le jugement de quelque chose.

\

    Laborem sumere. Caesar. Prendre peine et travailler.

\

    Literas commendatitias ad aliquem sumere ab altero. Cic. Prendre lettres, etc.

\

    Mutuum sumere. Plaut. Emprunter.

\

    Obsequium animo sumere. Plaut. Vivre à son plaisir.

\

    Operam sumere ad rem aliquam. Plaut. Mettre peine.

\

    Operam sumere. Plaut. Travailler en vain, Perdre sa peine.

\

    Imperatorias partes sibi sumere. Caesar. Faire du capitaine.

\

    Quas partes ipse mihi sumpseram, eas praeoccupauit oratio tua. Cic. Ce que j'avoye deliberé de dire.

\

    Personam magistri sumere. Plin. iunior. Entreprendre de faire le maistre.

\

    Poenas sumere. Virgil. Punir.

\

    Principium sumere a re aliqua. Plin. Commencer.

\

    Simile sibi sumere. Plaut. Prendre patron.

\

    Spatium ad cogitandum sumere. Cic. Prendre le temps et le loisir.

\

    Spiritus sibi sumere, et arrogantiam. Caesar. S'eslever et enorgueillir.

\

    Sumere supplicium. Plaut. Punir.

\

    Testimonium sumere in res aliquas. Cic. Appeler tesmoings à veoir faire quelque chose, Prendre attestation de quelque chose.

\

    Vestis mihi sumitur. Ouid. Je prens une robbe, Je vests, etc.

\

    Quomodo sumis, vt siquid cui simile esse possit, sequatur vt etiam difficulter internosci possit? Cic. Comment concluz tu, etc. Comment peuls tu inferer, etc.

Dictionarium latinogallicum > sumo

71 terminar

v.

1 to end, to finish.

terminamos el viaje en San Francisco we ended our journey in San Francisco

¿cómo termina la historia? how does the story end o finish?

terminar con to put an end to (pobreza, corrupción)

terminar de hacer algo to finish doing something

terminar en to end in (objeto)

Ella termina la obra She finishes the play.

Ya terminé I already finished

La película acabó The film finished.

María terminó a Ricardo Mary finished=ruined Richard.

2 to finish, to split up.

¡hemos terminado! it's over!

3 to finish off, to complete, to culminate, to end off.

María terminó la gira Mary finished off the tour.

4 to end up, to wind up, to end up by.

María terminó pintando Mary ended up painting.

María terminó muy cansada Mary ended up all in.

5 to break up.

* * *

terminar

► verbo transitivo

1 (acabar) to finish, complete

■ ha terminado la novela he's finished the novel

2 (dar fin) to end

■ los resultados terminaron su mandato the results ended his term of office

► verbo intransitivo

1 (acabar) to finish, end

■ terminó a las cuatro it finished at four

■ termina en dos it ends with a two

■ he terminado de leer I've finished reading

2 (acabar de) to have just (de, -)

■ termina de marchar he has just left

3 (final de una acción, de un estado) to end up

■ terminó marchándose he ended up leaving

■ terminó por marcharse he ended up leaving

■ terminó loco he went mad

4 (eliminar) to put an end ( con, to)

■ quieren terminar con la violencia they want to put an end to violence

5 (estropear) to damage ( con, -), ruin ( con, -)

■ la lluvia terminó con la cosecha the rain damaged the crops

6 (reñir) to break up ( con, with)

■ ha terminado con su novio she's broken up with her boyfriend

7 (enfermedad) to come to the final stage

► verbo pronominal terminarse

1 (acabarse) to finish, end, be over

■ la reunión se ha terminado the meeting is over

2 (agotarse) to run out

■ se ha terminado el azúcar the sugar has run out

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

terminar bien to have a happy ending

terminar mal (historia) to have an unhappy ending 2 (personas - relación) to end up on bad terms 3 (- destino) to come to a sticky end

* * *

verb

1) to end

2) conclude

3) complete

4) finish

5) expire

* * *

1.

VT to finish

he terminado el libro — I've finished the book

no me ha dado tiempo a terminar el vestido — I haven't had time to finish the dress

quiso terminar sus días en Marbella — she wanted to end her days in Marbella

2. VI

1) [persona]

a) [en una acción, un trabajo] to finish

¿todavía no has terminado? — haven't you finished yet?

¿quieres dejar que termine? — would you mind letting me finish?

• terminar de hacer algo — to finish doing sth, stop doing sth

cuando termine de hablar — when he finishes o stops speaking

terminó de llenar el vaso con helado — he topped o filled the glass up with ice-cream

terminaba de salir del baño — she had just got out of the bath

• no termino de entender por qué lo hizo — I just can't understand why she did it

no me cae mal, pero no termina de convencerme — I don't dislike him, but I'm not too sure about him

b) [de una forma determinada] to end up

terminé rendido — I ended up exhausted

terminaron peleándose — they ended up fighting

terminó mal — he ended up badly

terminó diciendo que... — he ended by saying that...

c)

• terminar con, han terminado con todas las provisiones — they've finished off all the supplies

hace falta algo que termine con el problema del paro — we need something to put an end to the problem of unemployment

un cáncer terminó con su vida — cancer killed him

he terminado con Andrés — I've broken up with o finished with Andrés

¡estos niños van a terminar conmigo! — these children will be the death of me!

d)

• terminar por hacer algo — to end up doing sth

seguro que terminará por dimitir — I bet he ends up resigning

2) [obra, acto] to end

¿cómo termina la película? — how does the film end?

la ceremonia terminó con un baile — the ceremony ended with a dance

esto va a terminar en tragedia — this will end in tragedy

estoy deseando que termine este año — I can't wait for this year to be over o to end

¿a qué hora termina la clase? — what time does the class finish o end?

3) [objeto, palabra]

• terminar en algo — to end in sth

termina en punta — it ends in a point

termina en vocal — it ends in o with a vowel

4) (Inform) to quit

3.

See:

terminarse

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo <trabajo/estudio> to finish; <casa/obras> to finish, complete

terminó sus días en Sicilia — he ended his days in Sicily

dar por terminado algo — <discusión/conflicto> to put an end to something

dieron por terminada la sesión — they brought the session to a close

termina esa sopa — finish up that soup
2.
terminar vi

1) persona

a) ( de hacer algo) to finish

terminar DE + INF — to finish -ing

déjame terminar de hablar — let me finish (speaking)

salió nada más terminar de comer — he went out as soon as he'd finished eating

b) (en estado, situación) to end up

terminé muy cansada — I ended up feeling very tired

va a terminar mal — he's going to come to a bad end

terminar DE algo: terminó de camarero he ended up (working) as a waiter; terminar + GER or terminar POR + INF to end up -ing; terminó marchándose or por marcharse — he ended up leaving

2)

a) reunión/situación to end, come to an end

todo ha terminado — it's all over

el caso terminó en los tribunales — the case ended up in court

esto va a terminar mal — this is going to turn out o end badly

y para terminar nos sirvieron... — and to finish we had...

b) ( rematar)

terminar EN algo — to end in something

la palabra termina en consonante — the word ends in a consonant

3) terminar con

a) (acabar, consumir)

terminar con algo — <con libro/tarea> to finish with something; <con problema/abuso> to put an end to something

terminaron con todo lo que había en la nevera — they polished off everything in the fridge

b)

terminar con alguien — ( pelearse) to finish with somebody; ( destruir) to kill somebody

ocho años de cárcel terminaron con él — eight years in prison destroyed him

4) ( llegar a)

terminar DE + INF: no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced; no terminaba de gustarle — she wasn't totally happy about it
3.
terminarse v pron

1) azúcar/pan to run out; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me terminó la lana — I've run out of wool

2) curso/reunión to come to an end, be over

3) (enf) <libro/comida> to finish, polish off

* * *

= be over, cease, conclude, discontinue, end, end up, exit, quit, see through + to its completion, terminate, finish up, break up, finish, wind up (in/at), get through, call it quits, carry through to + completion, finish off, top + Nombre + off, wind down, close + the book on.

Ex. Alternatively, the loan policy may be changed to make documents due when the vacation is over.

Ex. After collection has ceased (because a point of diminishing returns appears to have been reached), the cards must be put into groups of 'like' terms.

Ex. Thus chapter 21 concludes with a number of special rules.

Ex. Systems like OCLC are going from classical catalogs in the direction of online catalogs, and at least one institution on the OCLC system has discontinued adding cards to its catalog.

Ex. Each field also ends with a special delimiter, which signals the end of the fields.

Ex. But if you have a certain feeling about language, then language ends up becoming very, very important.

Ex. Enter the lesson number you wish, or press the letter 'X' to exit the tutorial.

Ex. If you decide not to send or save the message, replace the question mark in front of ' Quit' with another character.

Ex. I would like to thank all those who at various times throughout the course of the project assisted so ably in seeing the work through to its completion.

Ex. An SDI profile can be terminated at any future time by the commands.

Ex. In trying to get the best of both worlds, we may have finished up with the worst.

Ex. Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.

Ex. Activities can be plotted to allow the librarian to determine the most expeditious route that can be taken to finish the event.

Ex. Besides, winding up in an exclusive arrangement with a distributor that has rotten customer service ruins any advantage.

Ex. Some children cannot get through a longer story or novel in less time.

Ex. 'Professional people don't live by the clock: you wouldn't tell a doctor or a lawyer that he couldn't make a decision to call it quits on a particular day'.

Ex. The author discusses the development process which began with a concept, continued with the formulation of objectives, and has been carried through to completion.

Ex. His statement is a serious threat to the cooperative sector and was aimed at finishing off the movement.

Ex. Top it off with spicy yacamole and it's worth the nosh.

Ex. As President Bush's second term winds down, this is no time for him to be making trouble for his successor.

Ex. Obama, who tries to steer clear of the political thicket of race and politics, accepted the apology and said he wanted to close the book on the episode.

----

* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.

* estar terminándose = be on + Posesivo + last legs, be on the way out.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* para terminar = in closing.

* sin terminar = unfinished.

* terminar con Algo = be done with it.

* terminar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.

* terminar con una nota de optimismo = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* terminar con un broche de oro = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* terminar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* terminar de + Infinitivo = complete + Gerundio.

* terminar de trabajar = clock off + work.

* terminar en empate = end in + a draw, result in + a draw.

* terminar en un tono + Adjetivo = end on + a + Adjetivo + note.

* terminar formando parte de = find + Posesivo + way into/onto.

* terminar la jornada laboral = clock off + work.

* terminar los estudios = graduate.

* terminar mal = come to + a bad end.

* terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* terminar repentinamente = come to + a swift end, come to + an abrupt end.

* terminarse = draw to + a close, run + short (of), be gone, come to + an end, draw to + an end, be all gone.

* terminarse el tiempo = time + run out.

* terminarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.

* terminar turno de trabajo = come off + duty.

* terminar un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.

* * *
1.
verbo transitivo <trabajo/estudio> to finish; <casa/obras> to finish, complete

terminó sus días en Sicilia — he ended his days in Sicily

dar por terminado algo — <discusión/conflicto> to put an end to something

dieron por terminada la sesión — they brought the session to a close

termina esa sopa — finish up that soup
2.
terminar vi

1) persona

a) ( de hacer algo) to finish

terminar DE + INF — to finish -ing

déjame terminar de hablar — let me finish (speaking)

salió nada más terminar de comer — he went out as soon as he'd finished eating

b) (en estado, situación) to end up

terminé muy cansada — I ended up feeling very tired

va a terminar mal — he's going to come to a bad end

terminar DE algo: terminó de camarero he ended up (working) as a waiter; terminar + GER or terminar POR + INF to end up -ing; terminó marchándose or por marcharse — he ended up leaving

2)

a) reunión/situación to end, come to an end

todo ha terminado — it's all over

el caso terminó en los tribunales — the case ended up in court

esto va a terminar mal — this is going to turn out o end badly

y para terminar nos sirvieron... — and to finish we had...

b) ( rematar)

terminar EN algo — to end in something

la palabra termina en consonante — the word ends in a consonant

3) terminar con

a) (acabar, consumir)

terminar con algo — <con libro/tarea> to finish with something; <con problema/abuso> to put an end to something

terminaron con todo lo que había en la nevera — they polished off everything in the fridge

b)

terminar con alguien — ( pelearse) to finish with somebody; ( destruir) to kill somebody

ocho años de cárcel terminaron con él — eight years in prison destroyed him

4) ( llegar a)

terminar DE + INF: no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced; no terminaba de gustarle — she wasn't totally happy about it
3.
terminarse v pron

1) azúcar/pan to run out; (+ me/te/le etc)

se me terminó la lana — I've run out of wool

2) curso/reunión to come to an end, be over

3) (enf) <libro/comida> to finish, polish off

* * *

= be over, cease, conclude, discontinue, end, end up, exit, quit, see through + to its completion, terminate, finish up, break up, finish, wind up (in/at), get through, call it quits, carry through to + completion, finish off, top + Nombre + off, wind down, close + the book on.

Ex: Alternatively, the loan policy may be changed to make documents due when the vacation is over.

Ex: After collection has ceased (because a point of diminishing returns appears to have been reached), the cards must be put into groups of 'like' terms.

Ex: Thus chapter 21 concludes with a number of special rules.

Ex: Systems like OCLC are going from classical catalogs in the direction of online catalogs, and at least one institution on the OCLC system has discontinued adding cards to its catalog.

Ex: Each field also ends with a special delimiter, which signals the end of the fields.

Ex: But if you have a certain feeling about language, then language ends up becoming very, very important.

Ex: Enter the lesson number you wish, or press the letter 'X' to exit the tutorial.

Ex: If you decide not to send or save the message, replace the question mark in front of ' Quit' with another character.

Ex: I would like to thank all those who at various times throughout the course of the project assisted so ably in seeing the work through to its completion.

Ex: An SDI profile can be terminated at any future time by the commands.

Ex: In trying to get the best of both worlds, we may have finished up with the worst.

Ex: Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.

Ex: Activities can be plotted to allow the librarian to determine the most expeditious route that can be taken to finish the event.

Ex: Besides, winding up in an exclusive arrangement with a distributor that has rotten customer service ruins any advantage.

Ex: Some children cannot get through a longer story or novel in less time.

Ex: 'Professional people don't live by the clock: you wouldn't tell a doctor or a lawyer that he couldn't make a decision to call it quits on a particular day'.

Ex: The author discusses the development process which began with a concept, continued with the formulation of objectives, and has been carried through to completion.

Ex: His statement is a serious threat to the cooperative sector and was aimed at finishing off the movement.

Ex: Top it off with spicy yacamole and it's worth the nosh.

Ex: As President Bush's second term winds down, this is no time for him to be making trouble for his successor.

Ex: Obama, who tries to steer clear of the political thicket of race and politics, accepted the apology and said he wanted to close the book on the episode.

* estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.

* estar terminándose = be on + Posesivo + last legs, be on the way out.

* no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.

* para terminar = in closing.

* sin terminar = unfinished.

* terminar con Algo = be done with it.

* terminar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.

* terminar con una nota de optimismo = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* terminar con un broche de oro = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* terminar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).

* terminar de + Infinitivo = complete + Gerundio.

* terminar de trabajar = clock off + work.

* terminar en empate = end in + a draw, result in + a draw.

* terminar en un tono + Adjetivo = end on + a + Adjetivo + note.

* terminar formando parte de = find + Posesivo + way into/onto.

* terminar la jornada laboral = clock off + work.

* terminar los estudios = graduate.

* terminar mal = come to + a bad end.

* terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.

* terminar repentinamente = come to + a swift end, come to + an abrupt end.

* terminarse = draw to + a close, run + short (of), be gone, come to + an end, draw to + an end, be all gone.

* terminarse el tiempo = time + run out.

* terminarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.

* terminar turno de trabajo = come off + duty.

* terminar un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.

* * *

terminar [A1 ]

vt

‹trabajo/estudio› to finish

¿has terminado el libro que te presté? have you finished the book I lent you?

no han terminado las obras they haven't finished o completed the work

terminó el viaje en La Paz he ended his journey in La Paz, his journey finished in La Paz

terminó sus días en Sicilia he ended his days in Sicily

dieron por terminada la sesión they brought the session to a close

este año no pudimos terminar el programa we didn't manage to get through o finish o complete the syllabus this year

termina esa sopa inmediatamente finish up that soup at once

puedes terminarlo, nosotros ya comimos you can finish it off, we've already had some

terminala/termínenla ( RPl fam); stop it!, cut it out! ( colloq)

■ terminar

vi

A «persona»

1 (de hacer algo) to finish

termina de una vez hurry up and finish

terminar DE + INF to finish -ING

estoy terminando de leerlo I'm reading the last few pages, I'm coming to the end of it, I've nearly finished reading it

déjame terminar de hablar let me finish (speaking)

salió nada más terminar de comer he went out as soon as he'd finished eating

2 (en un estado, una situación) to end up

terminé muy cansada I ended up feeling very tired

va a terminar mal he's going to come to a bad end

terminar DE algo:

terminó de camarero en Miami he ended up (working) as a waiter in Miami

terminar + GER or terminar POR + INF to end up -ING

terminará aceptando or por aceptar la oferta she'll end up accepting the offer, she'll accept the offer in the end

B

1 «reunión/situación» to end, come to an end

al terminar la clase when the class ended, at the end of the class

llegamos cuando todo había terminado we arrived when it was all over

el caso terminó en los tribunales the case ended up in court

esto va a terminar mal this is going to turn out o end badly

la historia termina bien the story has a happy ending

las huellas terminan aquí the tracks end o stop here

y para terminar nos sirvieron un excelente coñac and to finish we had an excellent brandy

2 (rematar) terminar EN algo to end IN sth

palabras que terminan en consonante words that end in a consonant

zapatos terminados en punta pointed shoes o shoes with pointed toes

C terminar con

1

(agotar, acabar): terminaron con todo lo que había en la nevera they polished off everything in the fridge

terminó con su salud it ruined his health

ocho años de cárcel terminaron con él eight years in prison destroyed him

una solución que termine con el problema a solution that will put an end to the problem

2 (pelearse) terminar CON algn to finish WITH sb

ha terminado con el novio she's finished with o split up with her boyfriend

D (llegar a) terminar DE + INF:

no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced

no terminaba de gustarle she wasn't totally happy about it

■ terminarse

v pron

A «azúcar/pan» to run out

el café se ha terminado we've run out of coffee, the coffee's run out

(+ me/te/le etc): se me terminó la lana azul I've run out of blue wool

se nos han terminado, señora we've run out (of them), madam o we've sold out, madam

B «curso/reunión» to come to an end, be over

otro año que se termina another year comes to an end o another year is over

se terminó la discusión, aquí el que manda soy yo that's the end of the argument, I'm in charge here

C ( enf) ‹libro/comida› to finish, polish off

* * *

terminar ( conjugate terminar) verbo transitivo ‹trabajo/estudio› to finish;
‹casa/obras› to finish, complete;
‹discusión/conflicto› to put an end to;
◊ termina esa sopa finish up that soup;

terminar la comida con un café to end the meal with a cup of coffee
verbo intransitivo
1 [ persona]
a) ( de hacer algo) to finish;

terminar de hacer algo to finish doing sth;
◊ déjame terminar de hablar let me finish (speaking)

b) (en estado, situación) to end up;

◊ terminé muy cansada I ended up feeling very tired;

va a terminar mal he's going to come to a bad end;
terminó marchándose or por marcharse he ended up leaving
2
a) [reunión/situación] to end, come to an end;

◊ al terminar la clase when the class ended;

esto va a terminar mal this is going to turn out o end badly
b) ( rematar) terminar EN algo to end in sth;

◊ termina en consonante it ends in a consonant

c) ( llegar a):

◊ no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced;

no terminaba de gustarle she wasn't totally happy about it
3
◊ terminar con

a) ( acabar) terminar con algo ‹con libro/tarea› to finish with sth;

‹con problema/abuso› to put an end to sth
b) terminar con algn ( pelearse) to finish with sb;

( matar) to kill sb
terminarse verbo pronominal
1 [azúcar/pan] to run out;
◊ se me terminó la lana I've run out of wool

2 [curso/reunión] to come to an end, be over
3 ( enf) ‹libro/comida› to finish, polish off
terminar
I verbo transitivo
1 (una tarea, objeto) to finish: ya terminó el jersey, she has already finished the pullover ➣ Ver nota en finish 2 (de comer, beber, gastar) to finish: te compraré otro cuando termines este frasco, I'll buy you another one when you finish this bottle
II verbo intransitivo
1 (cesar, poner fin) to finish, end: mi trabajo termina a las seis, I finish work at six o'clock
no termina de creérselo, he still can't believe it
(dejar de necesitar, utilizar) ¿has terminado con el ordenador?, have you finished with the computer?
(acabar la vida, carrera, etc) to end up: terminó amargada, she ended up being embittered
2 (eliminar, acabar) este niño terminará con mi paciencia, this boy is trying my patience
tenemos que terminar con esta situación, we have to put an end to this situation
3 (estar rematado) to end: termina en vocal, it ends with a vowel
terminaba en punta, it had a pointed end
' terminar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
egresar
- emplear
- enterrar
- fijarse
- frenesí
- gastar
- parar
- rematar
- sin
- ventilarse
- zanjar
- acabar
- completar
- concluir
- faltar
- hasta
- medio
- mucho
- para
- pelear
- por
- último
English:
break up
- cease
- charge off
- clock
- close
- complete
- cooperation
- crop up
- drink up
- eat up
- end
- end up
- expire
- finish
- finish off
- finish up
- finish with
- get through
- graduate
- knock off
- leeway
- near
- stop
- time limit
- vain
- wind up
- and
- break
- concentrate
- conclude
- draw
- drink
- eat
- finished
- get
- leave
- nowhere
- round
- see
- undone
- unfinished
- wind

* * *

terminar

♦ vt
[acabar] to finish;
termina la cerveza, que nos vamos finish your beer, we're going;

terminamos el viaje en San Francisco we ended our journey in San Francisco;

dar por terminado algo [discurso, reunión, discusión, visita] to bring sth to an end o a close;

está sin terminar it isn't finished;

Comp
RP Fam
¡terminala! that's enough!

♦ vi

1. [acabar] to end, to finish;
[tren, autobús, línea de metro] to stop, to terminate;
¿cómo termina la historia? how does the story end o finish?;

todo ha terminado it's all over;

deja que termine, déjame terminar [al hablar] let me finish;

terminar con la pobreza/la corrupción to put an end to poverty/corruption;

¿has terminado con las tijeras? have o are you finished with the scissors?;

han terminado con toda la leche que quedaba they've finished off o used up all the milk that was left;

terminar con algo/alguien [arruinar, destruir] to destroy sth/sb;
[matar] to kill sth/sb;
terminar de hacer algo to finish doing sth;

terminamos de desayunar a las nueve we finished having breakfast at nine;

terminar en [objeto] to end in;

termina en punta it ends in a point;

las sílabas que terminan en vocal syllables that end in a vowel;

para terminar, debo agradecer… [en discurso] finally, I would like to thank…

2. [reñir] to finish, to split up ( con with);
¡hemos terminado! it's over!

3. [en cierto estado o situación] to end up;

terminamos de mal humor/un poco deprimidos we ended up in a bad mood/(feeling) rather depressed;

terminó loco he ended up going mad;

vas a terminar odiando la física you'll end up hating physics;

este chico terminará mal this boy will come to a bad end;

este asunto terminará mal no good will come of this matter;

terminó de camarero/en la cárcel he ended up as a waiter/in jail;

la discusión terminó en pelea the argument ended in a fight;

terminar por hacer algo to end up doing sth

4. [llegar a]
no termino de entender lo que quieres decir I still can't quite understand what you mean;

no terminábamos de ponernos de acuerdo we couldn't quite seem to come to an agreement;

no termina de gustarme I'm not crazy about it

♦ See also the pronominal verb terminarse

* * *

terminar

I v/t end, finish

II v/i

1 end, finish;

terminar con algo/alguien finish with sth/s.o.;

terminar de hacer algo finish doing sth

2 ( parar) stop

3

:

terminar por hacer algo end up doing sth

* * *

terminar vt

1) concluir: to end, to conclude

2) acabar: to complete, to finish off

terminar vi

1) : to finish

2) : to stop, to end

♦ See also the reflexive verb terminarse

* * *

terminar vb

1. (en general) to finish

las clases terminan a las cinco de la tarde classes finish at five in the afternoon

se ha terminado la reunión the meeting has finished

2. (al final) to end up

todo terminó bien everything ended up all right

Spanish-English dictionary > terminar

72 de

dē, Praep. m. Abl., bezeichnet eine Abtrennung, Abschließung von einem Gegenstande, an dem sich etwas befunden hat, deutsch = von... weg ( während ex den innern Bereich andeutet, aus dem etwas hervorgeht, deutsch = »von... aus«), I) im Raume: 1) von... weg, von... ab, von... her, von... herab, von, zuw. auch deutsch aus, de digito anulum detrahere, vom Finger (weg), Ter. u. Cic.: de manibus effugere, Cic.: de civitate alqm eicere, Cic.: de castris processisse, Sall.: de sella exsilire, Cic.: de muro se deicere, Caes.: de lecto decĭdere, Plaut. – dah. bei den Verben, die ein »Entnehmen« usw. bezeichnen, wie capere, sumere, petere etc. – ebenso emere de alqo, Cato: mercari de alqo, Cic.: quaerere de alqo, Cic.: audire de alqo, von jmd. (aus jmds. Munde), Cic.: discere de alqo, Cic. u.a.

2) zur Bezeichnung des Punktes, von dem (als an ihm noch haftend) etwas gleichs. sich loslöst, unmittelbar ausgeht, von... aus, an... herab, an, nova de gravido palmite gemma tumet, Ov.: pendēre de collo, de camera, Ov. u. Petron.: de clunibus pinnas habere, Col.: de qua pariens arbore nixa dea est, Ov.

3) zur Bezeichnung der Richtung, Seite, von der aus etwas geschieht, von... her, von... heraus, von... herab, palam de sella ac tribunali pronuntiaré, Cic.: nihil ex occulto, nihil de insidiis agere, Cic.: de pau-

————

pere mensa dona, Tibull.: de scripto dicere, de epistula recitare, Cic.: de tergo, vom Rücken her, von hinten (dagegen a tergo, im Rücken), Plaut. (vgl. unten no. II, B, 3 a. E.): de plano (= χαμόθεν), auf ebener Erde, unten (Ggstz. de tribunali, ἀπο βήματος), cognoscere, discutere u. dgl., ICt.

II) übtr.: A) in der Zeit, 1) zur Angabe, daß etwas noch während der Dauer eines bestimmten Zeitpunktes (wie Nacht, Nachtwache, Tag usw.) seinen Anfang genommen habe, noch im Laufe des ( der) usw., noch mit, noch in od. an (vgl. Matthiä Cic. Mur. 22. Bremi Suet. Aug. 97), de nocte venire, Cic., rus ire, Ter., surgere, Hor. (vgl. Drak. Liv. 8, 23, 15. Oud. Suet. Vesp. 21). – multa de nocte (noch tief in der Nacht) profectum esse, Cic. – de media nocte (noch mitten in der Nacht) mittere complures turmas eo, Caes. – de die, noch am (hellen) Tage, Komik., Hor. u.a. (auch zuw. nach dem griech. ἀφ ἡμέρας = »mit dem Beginn des Tages«, nach Mützell Curt. 5, 7 [22], 2). – media de luce u. de medio die, vom hellen Mittag an, Hor. – de tertia (quarta) vigilia, noch im Laufe der dr. N., mit der dr. N., Caes., Liv. u.a. (s. Drak. Liv. 9, 44, 10). – de mense Decembri (noch im Laufe des D.) navigare, Cic. – aber de tempore (= bl. tempore), zur gewöhnlichen Zeit, cenare, Auct. b. Hisp. 33, 5.

2) zur Bezeichnung der unmittelbaren Folge in

————

der Zeit, von... weg, unmittelbar nach (s. Lorenz Plaut. most. 682. Brix Plaut. trin. 215), non bonus somnus de prandio, Plaut.: statim de auctione venire, Cic.: oft diem de die, von Tag zu Tag, differre, proferre u. dgl., Liv. u. Iustin.

B) in andern Verhältnissen, 1) zur Angabe der Herkunft, Abstammung, a) ( wie ἀπο) zur Bezeichnung des Ortes, von dem (als seinem gewöhnl. Aufenthaltsorte) jmd. od. etwas ist, -stammt, von, copo de via Latina, Cic.: rabula de foro (= forensis), Cic.: aliquis de ponte, einer von der Brücke, ein Brückensteher = Bettler, Iuven.: nauta de navi Alexandrina, Suet.: Libyca de rupe leones (poet. = Libyci leones, Ov.: nostro de rure corona, Tibull. – b) des Standes, de summo adulescens loco, Plaut.: de summo loco summoque genere eques, Plaut. – c) des etymologischen Ursprungs, von, nach, dicere alqm de alcis nomine, Ov.: dicta suo de nomine, Ov. 2) zur Angabe des Ganzen, von dem ein Teil, od. der Menge, aus der ein einzelnes Individuum genommen od. gekommen ist, von, aus, unter, partem solido demere de die, Hor.: de praeda mea teruncium nec attigit nec tacturus est quisquam, Cic.: exempta spinis de pluribus una, Hor.: hominem certum misi de comitibus meis, Cic.: illos emi de praeda a quaestoribus, Plaut. – So insbes., a) zur Angabe des Geschlechts, der Klasse, Gesellschaft, Schule, aus der ein Individuum ist, ge-

————

netrix Priami de gente, Verg.: homo de plebe = aus dem Bürgerstande od. = aus dem gemeinen Volke, ein gemeiner Bürger, Cic., Liv. u.a. (vgl. Drak. Liv. epit. 2. Burm. Ov. am. 1, 7, 29): malus poëta de populo, Cic.: hic de grege illo est, Ter.: homo de schola, Cic. – b) sehr häufig zur Umschreibung des partitiven Genetivs, ut partem aliquam de istius impudentia reticere possim, Cic.: aliquis de dis, Ov.: de duobus honestis utrum honestius, Cic.: quemvis de iis, Cic. – bei Zahlw., nemo de nobis unus excellat, Cic.: unus (una) de multis, de tot milibus, Hor. u. Ov. – bei Superlat., de tribus et decem fundis tres nobilissimos fundos possidere, Cic.: minimus de stirpe virili, Ov.

3) zur Bezeichnung des Stoffs, woraus od. wovon etwas bereitet wird od. ist, von, aus, niveo factum de marmore signum, Ov.: de eodem oleo et opera exarare alqd, Cic.: verno de flore corona, Ov. – dah. a) zur Bezeichnung eines Gegenstandes, aus dem ein anderer entstanden ist, aus, garum de sucis piscis Hiberi, Hor.: alipedis de stirpe dei versuta propago nascitur Autolycus, Ov.: de nave carcerem facere, Petr.: de templo carcerem fieri, Cic.: captivum de rege facere, Iustin.: in deum de bove verti, Ov. – b) zur Angabe dessen, von dem der Aufwand für etw. bestritten wird, de praeda manubiis spoliisque honorem habetote, Liv. – bes. zur Angabe des Vermögens, von dem die Kosten zu etwas bestritten werden, de meo, de

————

tuo, de suo, de nostro, de vestro, de alieno, von dem Meinigen, Deinigen usw., Komik., Cic., Liv. u.a. (vgl. Drak. Liv. 4, 60, 4. Schwarz Plin. pan. 26, 3. p. 83. Scheffer Phaedr. 4, 19, 26): de publico, aus der Staatskasse, Cic. u.a.: so auch de te, von dir = aus deinem Beutel, de te largitor, Ter. adelph. 940. – c) zur Angabe des Körperteils usw., mit dem man Strafe abbüßt (vgl. Korte Lucan. 4, 805), de tergo (vgl. oben no. I, 3), de visceribus satisfacere, Liv. u. Cic.: de tergo od. (meton.) de se supplicium dare, Plaut.

4) (spätlat.) zur Angabe des Mittels u. Werkzeugs, mit (s. Rönsch Itala p. 392 sqq.), descobinata de limis, runcinarum levigata de planis, Arnob.: comperies de velamine arcam testimonii, Itala exod. 26, 34: cumque significasset eis de manu, Itala act. apost. 12, 17: de afflatu suo animat, Tert. adv. Valent. 24: de cauda nocere, Tert. scorp. 1.

5) zur Bezeichnung der veranlassenden Ursache od. des Grundes, von wegen, wegen, um... willen, aus, durch, gravi de causa, Cic.: qua de causa, qua de re, aus dem Grunde, weswegen, deshalb, Cic. u. Nep.: so auch quo de facto, Auct. b. Hisp.: flebat uterque non de suo supplicio, sed etc., Cic.: senatui parendum de salute rei publicae fuit, Cic.: de labore pectus tundit, vor Schmerz, Plaut.: quod erat de me feliciter Ilia mater, durch mich, Ov.: notior est factus Capaneus de fulminis ictu, Ov.

————

6) zur Bezeichnung der Gemäßheit, nach de etwas wie nach einer Norm, Richtschnur geschieht, nach, zufolge, gemäß (s. Lorenz Plaut. most. 760. Brix Plaut. Men. 934), de exemplo meo ipse aedificato, Plaut.: de illis verbis cave tibi, Plaut.: de suorum propinquorum sententia atque auctoritate fecisse, Cic.: de eius consilio velle sese facere, Ter.: vix de mea sententia concessum est, Cic.

7) (wie περί), zur Bezeichnung der Rücksicht oder Hinsicht, in betreff ( was betrifft), in Hinsicht, anlangend ( was anlangt), hinsichtlich, de cena facio gratiam, Plaut.: recte non credis de numero militum, Cic.: de fratre confido, Cic.: diffidens de numero dierum Caesarem fidem servaturum, Caes.: neque id, quod fecerit de oppugnatione castrorum, aut iudicio aut voluntate suā fecisse, Caes.: solem de virgine rapta consule, Ov.: de cetero (am Ende einer Rede), was das übrige (weitere) anlangt, Sen. u. Curt.: so auch de ceteris, Sall.; s. Fabri Sall. Iug. 26, 1. Mützell Curt. 4, 1 (2), 14. – nach Subst., triumphus de alqo, victoria de alqo, s. triumphus, victoria. -u. so häufig nach verbis sentiendi u. declarandi zur Angabe des Objekts, auf das die Betrachtung, Verhandlung usw. sich beschränkt, deutsch über, s. accipio, ago, audio, dico, doceo, edoceo, cognosco, iudico u. dgl.

8) bei Adjektiven zur Bildung von Adverbialaus-

————

drücken, wie: de improviso, unversehens, unvermutet, Ter., Cic. u.a.: de integro, von neuem, ibid.

9) (spätlat.) beim Komparat. statt des bloßen Abl., als, si plus de triginta pedibus patuerit, Gromat. vet. 11, 19.

10) bei subst. gebrauchten Advv., zB. de intus, s. deintus: de longe, s. delonge: de magis, s. demagis.

⇒ In der Zusammensetzung bezeichnet de: a) Entfernung, Trennung, im materiellen und moralischen Sinne = ab-, weg-, fort-, decedere, deferre; übtr., denuntiare. – od. von der Höhe in die Tiefe = nieder-, herab-, hinab-, decĭdere, deicere. – b) ein Abgehen od. Fehlen, deunx, desum, deficio, destituo, demens, deformis u. dgl. – c) eine Vollendung, einen hohen Grad, dient daher auch zur Verstärkung des im einfachen Verbum liegenden Begriffs, völlig, gänzlich, sehr, heftig, defungi, depugnare, devincere. – deamare, demirari u. dgl.

de wird gern zwischen dem Adjektivum od. dem Pronomen u. dem Substantivum eingeschaltet, vgl. oben multa de nocte, gravi de causa, qua de re. – auch dem bloßen Relativum nachgesetzt, bes. in der jurist. Spr., zB. illud, quo de agitur, id negotium, quo de agitur, worum es sich handelt, Cic. de or. 1, 209 u. de inv. 1, 27: u. so illae oves, qua de re agitur, Varro r. r. 2, 2, 6; vgl. Neue-Wagener Formenl.³ Bd. 2. S. 942 u. 943.

Ausführliches Lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch > de

73 infer

īnfer u. gew. īnferus, a, um, Compar. īnferior, Superl. īnfimus u. īmus, a, um (inferus = altindisch ádhara-h, der untere; infimus = altind. adhamá-h, der unterste), der, die, das untere, I) Posit.: A) īnfer (Ggstz. super), super inferque vicinus, Cato r. r. 149, 1. – B) īnferus, a, um (Ggstz. superus), 1) im allg.: limen superum inferumque, Plaut.: fulmina, die aus der Erde kommen sollen, Plin.: infera in loca (untere Gegend) obire, untergehen, v. Gestirnen, Cic. Arat.: mare inf., das untere Meer, d.i. das Tuskische (Ggstz. mare superum, das Adriatische), Cic. u.a. (im Briefstil auch ohne mare, z.B. iter ad superum, navigatio infero, Cic. ad Att. 9, 5, 1). – 2) insbes., der untere = der in der Unterwelt befindliche, unterirdische, a) übh.: superus an inferus deus, Liv. Andr.: inferi di (Ggstz. superi), Cic. u.a.: per flumina iuro infera, Ov. – subst., īnferus, ī, m. (sc. locus), die Unterwelt, die Hölle, Ven. Fort. carm. 3, 9, 79: porta inferi, Vulg. Isai. 38, 10 u. Matth. 16, 18. – b) v. Verstorbenen, īnferī, ōrum, u. ûm, m., die Unterirdischen, die Abgeschiedenen, Verstorbenen, Toten, die Unterwelt, di, quibus est potestas motus superûm atque inferûm, Enn. fr.: vanos esse inferorum metus (Furcht vor usw.), Sen.: elicere animas inferorum, Cic.: Cerberus apud inferos, in der Unterwelt, Cic.: ab inferis excitare od. revocare, von den Toten aufer-

————

wecken, Cic.: umbras inferûm excitare, Plin.: ab inferis exsistere, von den Toten auferstehen, aus der Unterwelt kommen, Liv.

II) Compar. īnferior, neutr. īnferius, Genet. iōris, der untere (Ggstz. superior), 1) dem Orte nach, limen, Varro: labrum, Unterlippe, Caes.: pars, Cornif. rhet. u. Caes.: locus, Caes.: in inferius ferri, herabsinken, Ov.: ex inferiore loco, auf der Erde, unten, nicht auf dem Tribunal (χαμόθεν), dicere, Cic.: Plur. subst., inferiores, die im untern Teil der Stadt Wohnenden, Auct. b. Alex. 6, 3. – 2) übtr.: a) dem Grade nach, v. Tone, gesenkter, modi inferiores (Ggstz. elati, gehobene), Quint. 11, 3, 17. – b) der Reihenfolge nach, versus, der Pentameter, Ov. am. 1, 1, 3: inferiores quinque dies, die letzteren f. T., Varro LL. 6, 13. – c) der Zeit nach später, jünger, aetate inferiores, Cic.: erant (motus nostrae civitatis) inferiores quam illorum aetas, qui loquebantur, Cic. ep. – d) der Zahl nach schwächer, inferior numero navium, Caes.: copiis inferior, Nep. – e) dem Range u. Stande nach, niederer, niedriger, tiefer, geringer, unbedeutender (Ggstz. superior), gradus, Cic.: ordo, Cic.: ordines (Stellen, Chargen), Caes.: inferioris iuris magistratus, ein niederer Beamter, Liv.: omnibus inferior, Ov.: ne inferior esset soror marito, Capit.: humanos casus virtute inferiores putare, Cic. – subst., inferior, der Niedrigere, Geringere (Ggstz. honestus, su-

————

perior, par), Cic. u.a.: Plur. (Ggstz. superiores, aequi), Cornif. rhet., Cic. u.a. – f) der Kraft u. Macht nach geringer, schwächer, nachstehend, unterliegend (Ggstz. superior), oft inferiorem esse = unterliegen, nachstehen, untergeordnet sein, ei, qu affecti iniuriis ad opem iudicum supplices inferioresque confugiunt, Cic.: quemadmodum causa inferior dicendo superior esse posset, Cic.: ubi nostros non esse inferiores intellexit, Caes.: si inferiores fuissent, Auct. b. Alex. – m. Abl., inferior animo, Caes., velocitate, Iustin.: dignitate non inferior, Cic.: inferiorem esse fortunā, Cic. – m. in u. Abl., in iure civili non inferior quam magister fuit, Cic.: quem ego in hoc praesertim intellegam prudentiā non esse inferiorem quam me, usu vero etiam superiorem, Cic.: inferiorem esse in agendo (Ggstz. superiorem discedere), Cic. – zugl. m. Abl. pers., Alexandro virtute inferior, Iustin.: gens nullā Gallicā gente opibus aut famā inferior, Liv. – m. Dat. pers., vir gravis et nullā arte cuiquam inferior, Sall. hist. fr. 2, 87 (86). – subst., inferiores, Schwächere, Iustin. 5, 2, 12 u. 8, 1, 3: insbes. schwächere Schüler, Quint. 2, 3, 4.

III) Superl. īnfimus (īnfumus), a, um, u. īmus, a, um (Ggstz. summus), A) īnfimus (īnfumus), a, um, der unterste, letzte, 1) eig.: a) übh.: solum, Caes.: terram esse infimam, Cic.: cum scripsissem haec infima, Unterste, Letzte, Cic.: ab infimo, von unten

————

auf, Caes., od. ganz unten, Caes. – b) partitiv, zur Bezeichnung des untersten Teils, ad infimum Argiletum, an der untersten Stelle des A., Liv.: ad infimos montes, an den Fuß des Gebirges, Nep.: ab infima ara, vom untersten Teile des A., Cic.: in infimo foro, am untersten Ende des F., Plaut. – 2) übtr., der unterste dem Range, Stande usw. nach = geringste, niedrigste, infimo loco natus, von sehr geringer od. niedriger Geburt, Cic.: faex populi, Cic.: condicio servorum, Cic. – subst., infimus, der Niedrigste, Geringste (im Volke), Ggstz. summus, Amm. 19, 9, 2: gew. Plur. infimi (Ggstz. summi), Cic. u.a. – übtr., precibus infimis, durch demütiges Bitten, demütig, alqd impetrare ab alqo, Liv.: petere, ut etc., Liv. – ⇒ Kompar. infimior, Interpr. Iren. 2, 12, 7. Itala euang. Ioann. 2, 10.

B) īmus, a, um, der unterste, 1) eig.: a) übh.: conviva imus, der zu unterst liegt, Hor. – subst., ab imo, von unten an, Caes. u.a.: ab imo suspirare, tief aufseufzen, Ov.: imo, unten, in der Tiefe, Ov.: ex imo, von Grund auf, Ov.: in imum deferri, zu Boden sinken, Cels. – neutr. pl. subst., ima, das Unterste (Ggstz. summa), Ov. u. Quint.: ima cornuum, die Wurzeln, Liv.: ima montis, der Fuß des B., Plin. u. Tac.; insbes., der Grund, die Tiefe, ima gurgitis, fontis, Ov.: maris, Plin.: u. prägn. = die Unterwelt, Ov. met. 10, 47. – b) partitiv, der unterste Teil = unten

————

an, in, auf u. dgl., cauda, Schwanzspitze, Ov.: gurges, unterste Tiefe des Str., Ov.: pulmonibus imis, tief in den L., Ov.: in ima aure, Plin.: in fundo imo, Verg.: a summo (stipite) ad imum, Volc. Cass.: imo ex pectore, aus tiefer Brust, Catull., ab imo pectore, Verg.: ab imis unguibus (Fußspitzen) ad verticem summum, Cic.: so auch ad imos pedes, bis auf die Fußzehen, Suet.: subst., ab imo, am untersten Ende, Caes.: ebenso in imo, Cels., ad imum, Liv. u. Cels. – 2) übtr.: a) dem Grade nach, v. Tone, der tiefste, sonus summus, medius, imus, Plin.: vox ima (Ggstz. vox summa), Hor. u. Quint.: oratio perfecta non est, nisi ab imo ad summum omnibus intenta nervis consentiat, Quint. – b) der unterste der Reihe od. dem Range nach, nihil nostra intersit, utrum ab summo an ab imo an a medio nomina eorum dicere incipiamus, Cornif. rhet. 3, 30. – subst., superi imique deorum, Ov. fast. 5, 665: maximi imique, die Höchsten u. Niedrigsten, Sen. de clem. 1, 1, 9. – c) der letzte der Zeit nach, mensis, Ov. fast. 2, 52. – dah. ad imum, bis ans Ende, bis zuletzt, Hor. de art. poët. 126; u. (= franz. enfin) am Ende, zuletzt, Hor. ep. 1, 18, 35.

Ausführliches Lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch > infer

74 orior

orior, ortus sum, oritūrus, īrī (vgl. ορ-νυ-μι, ορωρα), sich erheben, aufsteigen, I) v. Pers.: cum consul oriens de nocte silentio diceret dictatorem, Liv. 8, 23, 15: ortus est longe saevior Catulus, Sall. hist. fr. 3, 61 (82), 10. Vgl. Vel. Long. de orthogr. 74, 19 K. – II) übtr., sich erheben = sichtbar werden, A) v. der Sonne u. v. Gestirnen (Ggstz. cadere, occĭdere, occumbere), aufgehen, sich zeigen, sichtbar werden, stella oritur, Ov.: ortā luce, am Morgen, Caes.: ab orto usque ad occidentem solem, Liv.: solem atque lunam in eandem partem semper occĭdere atque oriri semper ab eadem, Lact. – dah. oriens sol, die Morgengegend, der Osten, zB. ad orientem solem spectare, nach O. liegen (v. Örtlichkeiten), Caes.; u. das Morgenland, der Osten, Cic. (vgl. oriens). – bildl., iuvenes orientes, aufstrebende, Vell. – B) übh. entstehen, entspringen, oritur tempestas, Nep.: oritur clamor, Caes.: plurimis simul locis circa forum incendium ortum, Liv.: ventus oriens, Nep.: rumor ortus, Cic. – ibi Caicus amnis oritur, Plin.: fons oritur in monte, Plin. ep.: Sagaris oritur in Phrygia, Plin.: Tigris oritur in montibus Uxiorum, Curt.: Marsyas amnis haud procul a Maeandri fontibus oriens, Liv.: Maeander ex arce summa ortus, Liv.: Rhenus oritur ex Lepontiis, Caes.: incliti amnes Caucaso monte orti, Curt.: ex eo medio quasi collis oriebatur (erhob sich,

————

trat hervor), Sall.: officia, quae oriuntur a suo cuiusque genere virtutis, Cic.: odium certaminibus ortum, herrührend, Vell. – dah. a) geboren werden, seinen Ursprung bekommen, abstammen, in quo (solo) ortus es, Cic.: qui ab illo (Catone) ortus es, Cic.: Belgas esse ortos ab Germanis, Caes.: ex concubina ortus erat, Sall.: ex Tantalo ortus Pelops, Quint.: eā familiā ortus, Sall.: ortus ex ea familia, quae etc., Liv.: Numae nepos, filiā ortus, Liv.: sorore eius ortus, Liv.: orti Atticis, Vell.: ex eodem loco ortus, Ter.: equestri loco ortus, Cic.: regiā stirpe ortus, Curt.: pueri orientes, die geboren werden, Cic.: homo a se ortus = homo novus, der zuerst die hohen Ehrenämter in seiner Familie bekleidete, also sich selbst gleichsam die adlige Geburt gegeben hat, Cic.: si cuius oriundo sis patriae reminiscare, Boëth. cons. phil. 1, 5. – b) wachsen, hervorwachsen, uva oriens, Cic.: olea vitisque et cetera calidioribus terris oriri sueta, südlichen Gewächse, Tac. – c) anfangen, den Anfang nehmen, ab his sermo oritur, sie eröffnen das G., Cic.: oratio oriens, Cic.: nox oritur, Ov.: initium turbandi omnia a femina ortum est, Liv.: cum id malum (Unheil des Bürgerkrieges) ab Asculanis ortum esset, ausgegangen war, Vell. – ⇒ Indic. Praes. gew. nach der 3. Konjug. orior, oreris, oritur, orimur, orimini: ebenso Imperf. Coni. oreretur: Imperat. orere, Val. Max. 4, 7, 6. Vgl. Haase zu Reisigs Vorl. A. 293.

————

Neue-Wagener Formenl.³ 3, 253 u. 254. – Part. Fut. Akt. oritūrus, Hor. ep. 2, 1, 17. Suet. Galb. 9. – Perf. vulg. orsus est, Ennod. vit. Epiph. p. 347, 23.

Ausführliches Lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch > orior

75 paratus

1. parātus, a, um, PAdi. (1. paro), I) bereit, bereitstehend, in Bereitschaft (stehend od. gesetzt), 1) im allg.: domus, bereit zur Aufnahme (der Heimatlosen), Verg.: u. so sedes, Verg.: mors, vorbereiteter, Ov.: victoria, leicht gewonnener, Liv.: prompta et parata in agendo et in respondendo celeritas, Cic.: paratum id (cognomen) quidem et in medio positum (gewöhnlicher u. allbekannter), novum tamen, Plin. pan.: obvius et paratus umor occurrit, Plin. ep.: tibi erunt parata verba, huic homini verbera, Ter.: cetera, quotiescumque voletis, et hoc loco et aliis parata vobis erunt, Cic.: quos locos multā commentatione atque meditatione paratos atque expeditos habere debetis, bereit u. fertig zur Hand haben, Cic.: philosophi habent paratum (in Bereitschaft, bei der Hand), quid de quaque re dicant, Cic.: m. ad u. Akk., famulae ad talia sacra paratae, bereitstehend, angestellt, Ov. met. 14, 311. – 2) zu etw. bereit, a) v. lebl. Subjj., m. ad u. Akk., omnia sibi esse ad bellum apta ac parata, in bester Bereitschaft, Caes.: m. in u. Akk., rictus in verba paratus, zum Sprechen bereit, eben im Begriff zu sprechen, Ov.: m. Dat., parata semper appulsui frons (prorae), Tac. – b) v. Pers., zu etw. bereit, gerüstet, geneigt, bereitwillig, entschlossen, auf etw. gefaßt, animo paratus, Caes. (u. so ita sum animo paratus, ut etc., Planc. in Cic. ep.: u. ut animo parati es-

————

sent in posterum [für die nächste Zukunft], Caes.): animo paratior, Auct. b. Alex.: sese esse paratos, Auct. b. Afr.: omnium esse militum paratissimos animos, Caes.: m. ad u. Akk., ad omnia mulieris negotia paratus, Cic.: paratus ad omnem eventum, Cic.: paratus ad navigandum, bereit, sich einzuschiffen, Cic.: navis parata ad navigandum, zum Auslaufen bereit, Caes.: animo ad dimicandum paratum esse, Caes. (u. so tam paratus ad dimicandum animus [hostium], ut etc., Caes.): paratiores ad omnia pericula subeunda esse, Caes.: homo ad omne facinus paratissimus, Cic.: esse ad bellum gerendum paratissimum, Caes.: m. in u. Akk., in omne obsequium, Suet., in obsequium parentis, Tac. dial.: in novas res, Tac.: m. Dat., acies parata neci, Verg.: miles paratus omni loco castris ponendis, Liv.: athleta certamini paratior, Quint.: miles ipsi adeo paratus (ergeben), ut etc., Tac.: m. Infin., id quod parati sunt facere, Cic.: se iterum paratum esse decertare, Caes.: vos servire magis quam imperare parati estis, Sall.: quod pericula subire paratissimus fueris, Cic.: m. in u. Akk. u. m. Infin. zugl., in utrumque paratus, seu versare dolos seu certae occumbere morti, Verg. – II) prägn., wohl ausgerüstet, a) eig.: wohlversehen, wohlgerüstet, kampfgerüstet, schlagfertig (oft mit instructus verb.), exercitus paratus atque instructus, Caes.: instructus paratusque, Liv.: classis instructa parataque, Liv.: instructi paratique, Liv.: para-

————

ti in armis erant, Caes.: naves paratissimae atque omni genere armorum ornatissimae, Caes.: provincia omnium civitatum consensu paratissima, zum Kampf völlig gerüstet, Cic.: im Bilde, fortitudo satis est instructa, parata, armata (gewappnet) per se, Cic.: m. Abl., qui scutis telisque parati ornatique sunt, Cic.: adulescens et equitatu et peditatu et pecuniā paratus, Cic.: m. ab (von seiten) u. Abl., si paratior ab exercitu esses, wärest du besser gerüstet, Cael. in Cic. ep.: cum deûm benignitate ab omni re (in jeder Hinsicht) sumus paratiores, Planc. in Cic. ep.: m. contra u. Akk., im Bilde, optime contra fortunam paratus armatusque, gegen die Schläge des Schicksals gerüstet u. gewappnet, Cic. ep. 5, 13, 1. – b) übtr., gehörig gerüstet, vorbereitet, wohl bewandert, geschult, verb. paratus atque instructus, Cic.: paratus et meditatus, paratus meditatusque, Cic.: itane huc paratus advenis? Ter.: m. ad u. Akk., ut ad partes (zu seiner Rolle) paratus veniat, Varro: Hernicos ad partes (ihrer Rolle) paratos esse, Liv.: ad permovendos animos instructi et parati, Cic.: quo paratior ad usum forensem promptiorque esse possim, Cic.: m. in u. Akk., in suam mortem paratissimus, Sen. contr. 7, 3 (18), 3: in omnes causas paratus, Quint. 10, 5, 12: m. in u. Abl., in iure paratissimus, Cic.: homines in rebus maritimis ornatissimi paratissimique, Cic.: m. Abl., paratus simulatione, ein Meister in der Verstellung, Tac. Agr.

————

42.

————————

2. parātus, ūs, m. (paro), die Zubereitung, die Zurüstung, die Einrichtung, die Anstalten, necessarius vitae cultus aut paratus, Cic. de fin. 5, 53: ille occulti paratus sacri, Liv.: triumphi, Ov.: funebris, Tac.: militum et armorum, Sall.: Tyrios induta paratus, Kleidung, Anzug, Ov.: largis paratibus uti, prächtige Kleidung, prächtiger Anzug, Schmuck, Ov. epist. 15 (16), 191: nihil severum, ne miserum quidem ex tanto paratu (all dem Wesen der Welt) putat, Sen.: omisso paratu invadendae Syriae, Tac. hist. 2, 59 (vgl. Heräus z. St.).

Ausführliches Lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch > paratus

76 pono

pōno, posuī, positum, ere (zsgzg. aus po [= ἀπό] u. sino, dah. auch die Kürze des o im Perf. u. Sup.), niederlassen= legen, setzen, stellen, hinlegen, hinsetzen, hinstellen, aufstellen (griech. τίθημι), konstr. m. Advv. des Ortes, mit in u. Abl. (unklass. mit in u. Akk.), mit ad, ante, sub, super u.a. Praepp., poet. u. nachaug. m. bl. Abl., und absol. (d.h. ohne Angabe des Ortes), I) im allg.: 1) eig.: a) übh.: α) lebl. Objj.: hic verbenas ponite, Hor. – litteras in sinu, in den B. stecken, Liv. fr.: anulum in sede regia, Curt.: speculum in cathedra, Phaedr.: sacra in mensa penatium ordine, Naev. fr.: coronam in caput, Gell.: oleas in solem biduum, Cato: stipitem in flammas, Ov.: in naves putidas commeatum, Cato fr.: cortinam plumbeam in lacum, Cato. – gladium ad caput (zu Häupten), Sen. – caput (Ciceronis) inter duas manus in rostris, Liv. fr.: caput alcis ante regis pedes, corpus ante ipsum, Curt. – ubicumque posuit vestigium, Cic.: vestigia in locuplete domo, Hor.; u. im Bilde, quācumque ingredimur, vestigium in aliqua historia ponimus, Cic. – pedem ubi ponat in suo (regno) non habet, Cic.; u. im Bilde, quod autem sapientia pedem ubi poneret non haberet, Cic. – p. genu, die Knie niederlassen, auf die K. fallen, niederknien, Ov., Sen. rhet., Curt. u.a. (s. Mützell Curt. 4, 6 [28], 28). – p. oscula in labellis, Prop., oscula genis, Stat. – p. sca-

————

las, ansetzen, anlegen, Caes. – ne positis quidem, sed abiectis poculis, Curt. – hastā positā pro aede Iovis Statoris, aufgesteckt (bei einer Versteigerung), Cic. – β) persönl. Objj.: posito (sanft niedergesetzt) magis rege, quam effuso (abgeworfen), Curt. – in senatu sunt positi, Cic. fr.: positi vernae circa Lares, Hor. – p. sese in curulibus sellis, Flor. – b) ein Gerät setzen, hinstellen, aufstellen, mensam, Hor.: sellam iuxta, Sall.: in tabernaculo sellam auream, Nep.: mensas totis castris, Curt.: alci mensas exstructas dapibus, Ov.: mensam prandendi gratiā, Val. Max. – p. casses, Ov. – c) hinlagern, hinstrecken, artus in litore, Verg.: corpus in ripa, Ov.: se toro, Ov.: positus inter cervicalia minutissima, Petron.: Giton super pectus meum positus, Petron.: somno positae, im Schl. hingelagert, Verg.: sic positum (vitulum) in clauso linquunt, Verg. – und auf das Totenbett hinlegen, hinbetten, toro componar positaeque det oscula frater, Ov. met. 9, 504. – u. einen Leichnam, Gebeine beisetzen, corpus, Lucr. u. ICt.: alqm, Corp. inscr. Lat. 8, 434 u. 452: alqm patriā terrā, Verg.: ossa collecta in marmorea domo, Tibull.: ossa collata in urnam auream in foro quod aedificavit sub columna posita sunt, Eutr.; vgl. Goßrau Verg. Aen. 2, 644. – d) jmdm. zu Ehren eine Bildsäule usw. aufstellen, alci statuam, Nep.: columnam Duillio in foro, Quint.: imaginem tyrannicidae in gymnasio, Quint. – bes.

————

(wie τιθέναι) einer Gottheit als Weihgeschenk aufstellen, niederlegen, weihen, donum ex auro in aede Iovis, Liv.: coronam auream in Capitolio donum, Liv.: ex praeda tripodem aureum Delphis, Nep.: serta, Ov.: sectos fratri capillos (als Totenopfer), Ov.: poet., vota, weihen, Prop. Vgl. die Auslgg. zu Hor. carm. 3, 26, 6. Prop. 2, 11, 27. – e) etw. beim Spiele, beim Wetten als Preis setzen, einsetzen, provocat me in aleam, ut ego ludam: pono pallium, ille suum anulum opposuit, Plaut.: p. pocula fagina, Verg. – u. etwas zum Pfande setzen, meam esse vitam hic pro te positam pigneri, verpfändet, Plaut. capt. 433. – übtr. = aussetzen, caput periculo, Plaut. capt. 688. – f) als t. t. der Rechenkunst: p. calculum, τών ψηφον τιθέναι, die Rechensteinchen aufs Brett setzen, einen Ansatz machen, eine Berechnung anstellen, ut diligens ratiocinator calculo posito videt, Colum.: ponatur calculus, adsint cum tabula pueri, Iuven. – dah. im Bilde, cum imperio c. p., sich berechnen, Rechnung ablegen, Plin. pan.: cum alqa re parem calculum ponere, etwas gleichmachen, Plin. ep.: bene calculum ponere, die Sache wohl in Betrachtung ziehen, reiflich überlegen, Petron.: ebenso omnes, quos ego movi, in utraque parte calculos pone etc., Plin. ep. – g) als milit. t. t., eine Mannschaft, einen Befehlshaber mit einer Mannschaft irgendwohin legen, irgendwo aufstellen, praesidium ibi, Caes.: duas legi-

————

ones in Turonis ad fines Carnutum, Caes.: legionem tuendae orae maritimae causā, Caes.: insidias contra alqm, Cic.: centuriones in statione ad praetoriam portam, Caes.: custodias circa portas, Liv. – h) jmd. an einem entfernten Orte niedersetzen, wohin versetzen, pone me ubi etc., pone sub curru solis in terra etc., Hor.: p. in aethere, Ov.: alqm in caelo, Iustin., in astris, Hyg.: modo me Thebis modo ponit Athenis, Hor. – i) eine Bekanntmachung öffentlich aufstellen, anschlagen, erlassen, edictum, Tac. ann. 1, 7: positis propalam libellis, durch öffentliche Anschläge, ibid. 4, 27. – k) schriftlich hinsetzen, α) übh.: signa novis praeceptis, sich die n. L. anmerken, niederschreiben (ὑποσημειοῦσθαι), Hor. sat. 2, 4, 2. – β) anführen, verba eius haec posuit, Gell. 6 (7), 9, 12: et ipsos quidem versus in libro, quo dixi positos, legat, Gell. 6 (7), 16, 3: ex quibus unum (testimonium), quod prae manibus est, ponemus, Gell. 5, 13, 3. – l) im Partic. Perf. Pass. positus, a, um, α) hingelegt, hingefallen, p. nix, Hor.: positae pruinae, Prop.: p. ros, p. carbunculus, Plin. – β) v. Örtlichkeiten = situs, wo gelegen, liegend, befindlich, Roma in montibus posita, Cic.: Delos in Aegaeo mari p., Cic.: portus ex adverso urbi p., Liv.: tumulus opportune ad id p., Liv.

2) übtr.: a) übh. legen, setzen, stellen, pone ante oculos laetitiam senatus, Cic.: alqd p. paene in cons-

————

pectu, Cic.: alqd sub uno aspectu, Cic. – in ullo fortunae gradu positus, v. Pers., Curt.: haud multum infra magnitudinis tuae fastigium positus (Parmenio), Curt.: artes infra se positae, Hor. – caput suum p. periculo, in G. geben, Plaut. – ponendus est ille ambitus, non abiciendus, ihren ruhigen Gang bis zu Ende nehmen lassen, Cic. – b) jmd. od. etw. in irgendeinen Zustand setzen, bringen, alqm eodem ponere et parare, gleich daneben stellen u. vergleichen, Plaut.: alqm in crimen populo atque infamiam, jmdm. verleumderische Nachrede beim Volke zuziehen (v. einem Versprechen), Plaut.: alqm p. in gratia ( selten in gratiam) apud alqm, Cic.: alqm in culpa et suspicione, schuldig u. verdächtig machen, Cic.: in laude positum esse, im Besitze des Ruhmes sein, Cic. – c) etw, in etw. od. jmd. setzen, auf etw. bauen, -beruhenlassen, omnem spem salutis in virtute, Caes.: in Pompeio omnem spem otii, Cic.: unum communis salutis auxilium in celeritate, Caes. – sed quoniam tantum in ea arte ponitis (so viel gebt, so großes Gewicht legt), videte, ne etc., Cic.: u. so multum in suorum misericordia p., Curt. – dah. im Passiv, positum esse in alqa re = auf etw. beruhen, begründet sein, sich stützen, ankommen, in spe, Cic.: in alcis liberalitate, Cic. – d) eine Zeit od. eine Tätigkeit usw. auf etw. verwenden, totum diem in consideranda causa, Cic.: Quintilem (mensem) in reditu, Cic. – omnem

————

curam in siderum cognitione, Cic.: totum animum atque omnem curam, operam diligentiamque suam in petitione, Cic.: se totum in contemplandis rebus, versenken, Cic. – e) etw. od. jmd. unter eine Klasse setzen, rechnen, zählen, alqd in vitiis, Nep.: mortem in malis, Cic.: alqm inter veteres, Hor.: inter quos me ipse dubia in re poni malim, Liv. 29, 25, 2: si medicus me inter eos, quos perambulat, ponit, mich unter seine Patienten rechnet, Sen. de ben. 6, 16, 6. – u. gleichs. in eine Rubrik setzen, etwas für das u. das ansehen, halten, alqd in laude, in magna laude, Cic.: alqd in beneficii loco, Cic.: Africam in tertia parte. Sall.: id C. Norbano in nefario crimine atque in fraude capitali, Cic.: hoc metuere, alterum in metu non p., für bedenklich halten, Poet. b. Cic. ad Att. 12, 51, 3; 14, 21, 3; top. 55: haud in magno discrimine ponere, kein großes Gewicht darauf legen, Liv.: ponere in dubio (in Zweifel stellen), utrum... an, Liv.: id ne pro certo ponerem (für gewiß annehmen), Piso effecit, Liv.: alqm alci in aequo ponere, jmdm. gleichstellen, Liv. – und wie θέσθαι m. dopp. Acc. u. im Passiv m. dopp. Nom. = jmd. od. etwas ansehen, halten für usw., p. alqm principem, Cic. u. Nep.: quae omnia infamia ponuntur, Nep.: nemo ei par ponitur, Nep. – f) etw. schriftl. setzen, hersetzen, hinsetzen, anführen, äußern, bemerken, sagen, ipsa enim (verba), sicut Messalae, posui, Suet.: quapropter tanta in re ipsius

————

Heminae verba ponam, Plin.: de arrogatione me dixeram aliqua positurum, Vopisc.: cuius pauca exempla posui, Cic.: p. inter causas suffragationis suae, Suet.: ut paulo ante posui, Cic.: ponam in extremo quid sentiam, Cic.: hoc ipsum elegantius poni meliusque potuit, Cic.: quod nunc communiter in sepultis ponitur, ut humati dicantur, Cic.: cum in eis haec posuisset, Nep.: quam (epistulam) ipsam melius est ponere, quam de ea plurimum dicere, Vopisc.: ponere vocabulum malā significatione, Donat. – dah. ponor ad scribendum, man setzt mich (meinen Namen) bei Abfassung der Senatsbeschlüsse mit hin, Cic. ep. 9, 15, 4.

II) prägn.: A) schaffend legen, setzen, hinsetzen, aufstellen, aufführen, errichten, anlegen, gründen, 1) eig.: a) v. Bau-, Werkmeister usw.: fundamenta, ICt.: tropaeum, Nep.: opus, Ov.: aras, templa, Verg.: moenia Troiae, Ov.: urbem, Verg.: castella, Tac.: Byzantium in extrema Europa, Tac.: in ipso cubiculo poni tabernaculum iussit, das Badezelt aufschlagen, Sen. – als milit. t. t., p. castra (ein Lager aufschlagen) in proximo colle, Caes., loco iniquo, Caes., sub radicibus montis, ad amnem, Curt. – p. munimenta manu, Curt. – b) v. Künstler (Bildhauer, Maler), setzen, anbringen, darstellen, Orphea in medio silvasque sequentes, Verg.: ponere totum nescire, ein Ganzes hinstellen, darstellen, Hor. – si Venerem Cous nusquam posuisset Apelles, Ov. – hic saxo, liquidis

————

ille coloribus sollers nunc hominem ponere, nunc deum, Hor. – c) v. Dichter, hinstellen, darstellen, nec ponere lucum artifices, Pers. 1, 70; vgl. pone Tigellinum, führe (dem Zuhörer) naturgetreu vor, Iuven. 1, 155.

2) übtr.: a) übh. legen, setzen, quorum omnium virtutum fundamenta in voluptate tamquam in aqua ponitis, Cic.: his fundamentis positis consulatus tui, Cic.: ponere initia male, Cic.: ponere spem, seine Hoffnung darauf setzen, m. folg. Acc. u. Infin., Plaut. capt. 957. – b) feststellen, aufstellen, bestimmen, leges in conviviis, Cic.: iura p. (griech. νομοθετειν), Prop.: festos laetosque ritus, Tac.; vgl. mores viris et moenia, Verg.: p. pretium, einen Preis bestimmen, auswerfen, Sen.: u. so huic signo milia centum, den Preis von 100000, Hor.: p. praemium, eine Belohnung aufstellen, auswerfen, verheißen, Sall., Liv. u.a. (s. Drak. Liv. 39, 17, 1): Olympiada, eine Ol. ansetzen, festsetzen, Cic. – p. alci od. alci rei nomen ( wie ονομα θειναί τινι), einen Namen gleichs. feststellen, beilegen, Cic. u.a. – p. rationem, Rechnung aufstellen, ablegen, Suet.; vgl. p. rationem cum Orco, Rechnung halten mit usw., Cic. – c) als feststehend aufstellen, annehmen, behaupten (nicht »voraussetzen«, s. Jordan Cic. Caecin. 32. p. 195), duo genera ponunt, deorum alterum, alterum hominum, Cic.: alii elementa novem posuerunt, Quint.: sed positum

————

sit primum nosmet ipsos commendatos esse nobis, Cic. – m. dopp. Acc., als das u. das annehmen, vitae brevis signa raros dentes, Plin.: im Passiv m. dopp. Nom., si ponatur adulter caecus, aleator pauper, Quint. – d) ein Thema zur Besprechung stellen, aufstellen, bestimmen, quaestiunculam, Cic.: quaestionem, Phaedr. u. Sen.: p. aliquid, ad quod audiam, volo, Cic.: materia, in qua ponitur tibicen, qui etc., Quint. – u. absol. = eine oder die Frage stellen, ponere iubebam, de quo quis audire vellet, Cic.: p. an etc., Sen. – e) jmd. in ein Amt, in eine Würde, Stellung (als Aufseher, Richter, Kläger) setzen, aufstellen, einsetzen, anstellen, alci custodem, Caes.: alci accusatorem, Cael. in Cic. ep.: satis idoneum officii sui iudicem, Cic. – u. m. dopp. Acc., alqm custodem in frumento publico, Cic.: alqm imperatorem Numidis, Sall.: alqm principem in bello, Nep. – m. super u. Akk., super armamentarium positus, Curt. 6, 7 (27), 22: puer super hoc positus officium, Petron. 56, 8.

B) zum Genießen eine Speise, ein Getränk auftragen, vorsetzen (klass. apponere), globos melle unguito, papaver infriato, ponito, Cato: p. pavonem, merulas, Hor.: p. unctum, einen Leckerbissen, Hor.: invitas ad aprum, ponis mihi porcum, Mart.: ceteris vilia et minuta ponebat, Plin. ep.: da Trebio, pone ad Trebium, Iuven. – vinum, Petron.: merum in gemma, Ov.: quis posuit secretam in auro dapem? Sen.: alci

————

venenum cum cibo, Liv.: alci in patina liquidam sorbitionem, Phaedr.

C) als t. t. des Landbaues: 1) pflanzend usw. setzen, einsetzen, stecken, piros, Verg.: arborem, Hor.: vitem, Colum.: vitem ordine, Ambros. – semina (Pflanzen), Verg.: panicum et milium, Colum. – 2) eine Frucht zur Aufbewahrung hinlegen, einlegen (klass. reponere), p. in horreis, Pallad.: sorba lecta duriora et posita, Pallad. D) als publiz. t. t., etw. irgendwo zur Verwahrung niederlegen, hinterlegen, tabulas testamenti in aerario, Caes. b. c. 3, 108, 4: compositio publicis bibliothecis posita, Scrib. Larg. 97: pecuniam apud tutorem, ICt.: apparatum sive impensam in publico, ICt.

E) als t. t. der Geschäftssprache, ein Kapital auf Zinsen anlegen (vgl. die Auslgg. zu Hor. epod. 2, 70 u. zu Hor. ep. 1, 18, 111), pecuniam in praedio, Cic., apud alqm, Cic.: pecuniam kalendis, Hor.: dives positis in fenore nummis, Hor. – übtr., otia recte, Hor.: beneficium apud alqm, bene apud alqm, Cic.: munus bene apud alqm, Liv.

F) als t. t. der Toilettensprache, das Haar legen, zurechtlegen, ordnen, p. comas in statione, Ov.: positi sine lege et sine arte capilli, Ov.: ponendis in mille modos perfecta capillis, Ov.

G) eine Aufregung in der Natur sich legen machen (Ggstz. tollere), tollere seu ponere vult freta (v.

————

Windgott Notus), Hor.: magnos cum ponunt aequora motus, Prop. – dah. refl., ponere, sich legen, v. Winden, Verg., Ov. u. Gell. (s. Goßrau Verg. Aen. 7, 27): u. so auch positi flatus, Min. Fel.

H) niederlegen, von sich legen, fortlegen, ablegen, weglegen, ab-, wegwerfen (Ggstz. sumere), 1) eig.: a) übh.: velamina de tenero corpore, Ov.: e corpore pennas, Ov.: librum de manibus, Cic. – vestem, tunicam, Cic.: sarcinam, Petron.: barbam, Suet.: insignia morbi, fasciolas, cubital, focalia, Hor.: librum, aus der Hand legen, Cic.: semen, Verg.: coronam luctus gratiā, Cic.: nec sumit aut ponit secures arbitrio popularis aurae, Hor. – als milit. t. t., p. arma, die Waffen niederlegen, ablegen, Cic. u.a., u. (v. sich Unterwerfenden) = die W. strecken, Caes. u.a. (s. Drak. Liv. 6, 10, 5). – b) v. weibl. Wesen, die Leibesfrucht ablegen, v. Frauen, positum est uteri onus, Ov. – v. der Sau, werfen, fetum ad imam cavernam, Phaedr. – v. Vögeln, legen, p. pauca ova, Colum.: p. ova in saepibus, Ov.

2) übtr., ablegen, von sich tun, entfernen, fahren lassen, aufgeben (Ggstz. sumere, suscipere), bellum, Sall. u.a.: vitam, Cic. u.a.: triumviri nomen, Tac. – vitia, Cic.: amores cum praetexta toga, Cic.: inimicitias, Cael. b. Cic.: discordias, Tac.: dolorem, Cic.: curam et aegritudinem, Cic.: curas externorum periculorum, Liv.: omnes aliarum rerum curas, Liv.: metum,

————

Ov. u. Plin. ep.: animos feroces, Liv.: ferocia corda, Verg.: vitae mortisque consilium vel suscipere vel ponere, Plin. ep. – poet., moras, Verg. – als milit. t. t. u. übtr., p. tirocinium, rudimentum, zurücklegen, ablegen, Liv. u.a. – u. als publiz. t. t., eine Würde niederlegen (klass. deponere), posito magistratu (Ggstz. quamdiu in magistratu est), ICt.

3) als naut. t. t., Anker werfen, ancoris positis terrae applicare naves, Liv. 28, 17, 13.

⇒ Archaist. Perf. poseivei, Corp. inscr. Lat. 1, 551. lin. 3: posivi, Plaut. Pseud. 1281: posivit u. posibit, Act. fr. arv. a. 27, f.: posivt (so!), Corp. inscr. Lat. 3, 2208 u. 4367: possivit, ibid. 7, 579 u. 656: posivimus, Plaut. vidul. fr. 6 Stud. ( bei Prisc. 10, 37): posiverunt, Corp. inscr. Lat. 3, 6442. Cato r. r. praef. § 1. Cic. Tusc. 5, 83: posivere, Itin. Alex. 2 (3): posiveris, Plaut. trin. 145. Cato r. r. 4: posieit, Corp. inscr. Lat. 9, 3049 u. 3267: posiit, Corp. inscr. Lat. 5, 2575 u. 7, 574: posit od. posIt, Corp. inscr. Lat. 1, 1282. 1298. 1436 u.a.: possit, Corp. inscr. Lat. 2, 2712: poseit, ibid. 1, 1281 u. 1283: posierunt, ibid. 1, 1284. 3, 860: posiere, ibid. 5, 2714: posier(e), Corp. inscr. Lat. 13, 5282. Vgl. Georges Lexik. der lat. Wortf., S. 539. – Synkop. Partiz. Perf. postus, Lucr. 1, 1059; 3, 855 u.a. Sil. 13, 553. Ter. Maur. 2905.

Ausführliches Lateinisch-deutsches Handwörterbuch > pono

77 re-cēdō

    re-cēdō cessī, cessus, ere,    to go back, fall back, give ground, retire, withdraw, recede: ex eo quo stabant loco, Cs.: procul a telo veniente, O.: de medio: tristis recedo, H.: ab Iliturgi, L.: in castra Cornelia, Cs.—Poet, to go to rest, retire, O. —To recede, fall back, give way, give place, depart: Verba movere loco, quamvis invita recedant, yield, H.: anni, Multa recedentes adimunt, H.—To stand back, recede, be distant, be retired Provehimur portu, terraeque urbesque recedunt, V.: mea terra recedit, O.—To go away withdraw, retire, depart, part: Haec ecfatu' pater recessit, vanished, Enn. ap. C.: a stabulis recedunt (apes), V.: Caesa recesserunt a cute membra suā, O.—Fig., to withdraw, depart, retire, desist: senes ut in otia tuta recedant, H.: ab officio: ab armis, i. e. lay down: penitus a naturā: a vitā, i. e. kill oneself: quā ratione res ab usitatā consuetudine recederet, deviate: (nomen hostis) a peregrino recessit, has lost the meaning of ‘foreigner.’—To vanish, pass away, disappear: Ph<*>ebes ira recessit, O.: in ventos vita recessit, V.: cum res ab eo recessisset, was lost to him.

Latin-English dictionary > re-cēdō

78 ac

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ac

79 adque

atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
I.
In joining single words, which is its most common use.
A.
In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
1.
The form atque.
a.
Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):
sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):
deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):
excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):
honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):
Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
b.
Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,
Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):
in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):
superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):
vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):
dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:
virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):
labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):
hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):
multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):
adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):
magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):
se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):
provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):
parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):
gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
2.
The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):
sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:
feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):
liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:
Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):
periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:
usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):
opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:
potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;
2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):
nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):
terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):
insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:
gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):
celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):
firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):
vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):
tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):
armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:
inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:
opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:
Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:
in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:
suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,
sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:
innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:
verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:
omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:
nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:
caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:
vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
B.
Esp.
a.
In a hendiadys:
utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:
de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:
me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:
clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
b.
In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
(α).
Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:
Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:
rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:
magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:
hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:
ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:
fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:
intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—
(β).
With adeo, and that too, and even:
intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:
qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:
insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:
non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:
atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
(γ).
With etiam:
id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:
ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—
(δ).
With the dem. pron. hic, is:
negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:
maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:
Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:
duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:
flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:
ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:
dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
II.
In comparisons.
A.
Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:
si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:
Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:
pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:
neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:
parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:
magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:
pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:
In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:
equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:
cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:
Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:
et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:
similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:
contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:
faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:
cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
B.
Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:
illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:
aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.
also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:
simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:
vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:
membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:
cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
C.
Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;
once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;
v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:
nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:
quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:
et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:
si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:
Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:
tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:
reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:
quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:
haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
D.
More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;
in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:
haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:
debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:
pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:
non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:
neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:
num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
E.
Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):
nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:
quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:
quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
F.
Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:
amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:
non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:
Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:
haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:
Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:
nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:
Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
G.
In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:
principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:
judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:
quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—
III.
To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
a.
Absol.:
Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:
si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:
perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:
quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:
si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:
nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:
si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:
si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:
velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:
si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—
b.
With potius:
Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):
quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:
concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
IV.
In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
1.
In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:
atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:
cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:
multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:
Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:
ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
2.
In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
a.
Absol.:
maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
b.
Often with etiam:
Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:
Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
c.
Sometimes with quoque:
Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
d.
And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
3.
In narration:
aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:
completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
4.
In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):
Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:
ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;
12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;
and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:
Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:
Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—
5.
In connecting two acts or events.
a.
In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;
ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:
Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:
dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:
lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:
dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:
tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:
cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:
abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:
tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:
Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:
Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
b.
In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
(α).
Absol.:
si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
(β).
With ita or sic:
Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:
ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
c.
Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):
non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
6.
(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:
Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:
hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;
ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:
Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
7.
In expressing a wish, atque utinam:
Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:
Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:
Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:
Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
8.
To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
a.
Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;
atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):
ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:
ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:
observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—
b.
With tamen:
nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:
discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:
Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):
ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;
14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—
9.
To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;
... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:
nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
10.
In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
a.
A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:
Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:
Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:
Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:
Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:
Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:
Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
b.
A positive purpose:
Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:
Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:
Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
11.
a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:
atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
b.
In introducing parentheses:
vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:
omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
c.
At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:
Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:
Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
V.
In particular connections and phrases.
A.
Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:
unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:
quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:
unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:
dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:
alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:
aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
B.
Etiam atque etiam. again and again:
temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:
etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:
monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:
iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
C.
Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
D.
Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:
atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:
Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
E.
Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:
Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:
quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:
nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
F.
With other conjunctions.
1.
After et:
equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:
Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:
vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:
denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:
ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:
et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:
Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —
2.
After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:
submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:
terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:
mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
3.
Before et:
caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—
4.
After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):
nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:
mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—
G.
Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:
atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:
omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:
Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:
Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:
Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:
Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:
complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.

► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
a.
In the second place:
Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:
Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):
Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
b.
In the third place:
quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adque

80 amoveo

ā-mŏvĕo, mōvi, mōtum, 2, v. a., to remove from, to put or take away, to withdraw (esp. with effort or trouble; syn.: dimoveo, abduco, averto, arceo, repello): proprie amovetur saxum de loco, Don. ad Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 14; cf.:
amoveamus lapidem de ore putei,
Vulg. Gen. 29, 8; v. amolior.
I.
In gen. (class.): me exinde amovit loco. Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 64:
Ubi erit empta, ut aliquo ex urbe (eam) amoveas,
id. Ep. 2, 2, 94:
testem hanc quom abs te amoveris,
Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 72:
Age, tamen ego hunc amovebo,
id. Ad. 4, 2, 14:
illum ex istis locis amove,
Cic. Att. 1, 12:
juvenes amoverunt eum,
Vulg. Act. 5, 6:
lex Porcia virgas ab omnium civium corpore amovit,
Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 12:
Ille est amotus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 8, 64:
amoto custode,
Prop. 1, 11, 15:
amotis longius ceteris,
Curt. 7, 1:
alia amovimus ab hostium oculis,
Liv. 5, 51:
imagines ex bibliothecis amovere,
Suet. Calig. 34; id. Caes. 68; id. Ner. 47.—Hence: se amovere, to retire, withdraw:
te hinc amove,
off with you! Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 33:
e coetu se amovissent,
Liv. 3, 38:
qui memet finibus umquam amōrim Ausoniae,
Sil. 17, 224:
statuit repente recedere seque e medio quam longissime amovere,
Suet. Tib. 10.— Trop. of abstract ideas, to put away, cast off, etc.:
segnitiem amove,
Plaut. As. 2, 1, 6:
suspitionem ab aliquo,
id. Trin. 3, 3, 54:
socordiamque ex pectore,
id. Ps. 1, 2, 11; so,
crapulam,
id. ib. 5, 1, 35:
amoto metu,
Ter. And. 1, 2, 10:
qui istum amorem ex animo amoveas,
id. ib. 2, 1, 7:
opinionem,
id. ib. 3, 2, 30:
misericordiam,
Vulg. 2 Macc. 6, 16:
amove malitiam a carne,
ib. Eccl. 11, 10:
bellum,
Liv. 5, 35:
amoto quaeramus seria ludo,
jesting aside, Hor. S. 1, 1, 27 al. — Poet., of time, to take with itself: quaecumque vetustate amovet aetas, * Lucr. 1, 225.—
II.
Esp.
A.
In and after the Aug. per., to take away by stealth, to steal (euphemist. for furari, furtum facere):
boves Per dolum amotas,
Hor. C. 1, 10, 10:
si filia familiares res amoverit,
Dig. 25, 2, 3:
aliquid ex heredidate,
ib. 29, 2, 70 al. —
B.
In post-Aug. prose (perh. only in Tac.), to banish:
amotus Cercinam quattuordecim annis exilium toleravit,
Tac. A. 1, 53:
in insulam,
id. ib. 4, 31:
Cretam,
id. ib. 4, 21:
aemulationis suspectos per nomen obsidum amovere,
id. ib. 13, 9; 14, 57.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > amoveo

Страницы

← Предыдущая

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

См. также в других словарях:

Loco — ► adjetivo/ sustantivo 1 SIQUIATRÍA Que tiene las facultades mentales perturbadas: ■ tuvo que ser internado en un centro especial porque se volvió loco. SINÓNIMO enajenado [desquiciado] ANTÓNIMO cuerdo 2 Que es disparatado o imprudente: ■ tu loca … Enciclopedia Universal

loco — adj y s I. 1 Que no tiene juicio o que tiene algún daño, generalmente cerebral o nervioso, que se manifiesta en alteraciones del juicio, la memoria, la percepción o la capacidad de adaptación: Cada día hay más gente loca , Los locos del hospital… … Español en México

medio — (Del lat. medius.) ► adjetivo 1 Que es igual a la mitad de un todo o de un entero: ■ se bebió media botella de vino; ya he leído medio libro; con media docena de huevos es suficiente. 2 Que está aproximadamente entre dos extremos: ■ pertenece a… … Enciclopedia Universal

medio — 1. un poco; levemente; algo; un tanto; bastante; es también muletilla cortés o atenuante de la aserción del caso; cf. más o menos, como que, harto, re, bien; es medio loco ese ñato , es medio desordenado el Manuel , estoy medio cansado, así es… … Diccionario de chileno actual

loco — loco, a lo loco expr. sin reflexionar, sin pensar. ❙ «Navidad: Consumo aconseja no dejarse llevar por las compras a lo loco.» ABC, 13.12.98. ❙ «...pensaba que no me escuchaba, que me hacía hablar a lo loco...» Almudena Grandes, Las edades de Lulú … Diccionario del Argot "El Sohez"

a lo loco — loco, a lo loco expr. sin reflexionar, sin pensar. ❙ «Navidad: Consumo aconseja no dejarse llevar por las compras a lo loco.» ABC, 13.12.98. ❙ «...pensaba que no me escuchaba, que me hacía hablar a lo loco...» Almudena Grandes, Las edades de Lulú … Diccionario del Argot "El Sohez"

Manuel "El Loco" Valdés — Nombre real Manuel Valdés Castillo Nacimiento 29 de enero de 1931 (80 años) Ciudad Juárez, Chihuahua, México Manuel Valdés Castillo ( … Wikipedia Español

El Pollo Loco — Saltar a navegación, búsqueda El Pollo Loco es la compañía que originó el concepto de “Pollo Asado” en el mundo. El Pollo Loco fué fundado el Lunes 6 de Enero de 1975 por Juan Francisco “Pancho” Ochoa en Guasave, Sinaloa, México. Hoy, después de… … Wikipedia Español

Científico loco — Varón caucásico, anciano, con dientes torcidos, desgreñado, bata de laboratorio, gafas, pose dramática: un popular estereotipo del científico loco. Siempre acompañado de su tradicional risa malvada . El científico loco es un personaje tipo… … Wikipedia Español

Yo no quiero volverme tan loco — LP de Serú Girán Publicación 2000 Grabación 26 de diciembre de 1981 en el Teatro Coliseo Género(s) Rock Progresivo, jazz Fusion … Wikipedia Español

El árbol de la ciencia — Saltar a navegación, búsqueda El árbol de la ciencia Autor Pío Baroja País … Wikipedia Español

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

medio+loco

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

medio+loco

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: